Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

in the presence of a third person

  • 1 derde

    derde1
    I 〈 het〉
    1 [verdelingsgetal] third
    2 [kaartspel] run of three
    ♦voorbeelden:
    1   een derde liter • a/one third of a litre
         twee derde van de kiezers • two thirds of the voters
    II 〈 de (mannelijk)〉
    1 [buitenstaander] third party/person
    ♦voorbeelden:
    1   in aanwezigheid van derden • in the presence of a third party
         aansprakelijkheid jegens derden • third-party risk
    III 〈de〉
    1 [derde klas] 〈 Brits-Engels〉 third form
    ♦voorbeelden:
    1   in de derde zitten • be in the third form
    ————————
    derde2
    〈 rangtelwoord〉
    1  third
    ♦voorbeelden:
    1   〈 informeel〉 het derde been(tje) • the third leg
         we hebben een derde man nodig • we need a third
         de derde mei • the third of May
         het Derde Rijk • the Third Reich

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > derde

  • 2 dritt...

    Zahlw. third; in der dritten Person LING. in the third person; dritter Klasse reisen travel third class, dritten Ranges third-rate attr.; die dritten Zähne dentures, (one’s) false teeth umg.; ein Drittes erwähnen etc. a third point ( oder thing); das Dritte Reich HIST. the Third Reich; die Dritte Welt POL. the Third World; acht...
    * * *
    Ordinalzahl, third
    * * *
    Ordinalzahl, third

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dritt...

  • 3 πρόσωπον

    πρόσωπον, ου, τό (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).
    ⓐ lit. face, countenance Mt 6:16f; 17:2; Mk 14:65; Lk 9:29 (s. εἶδος 1); Ac 6:15ab (Chariton 2, 2, 2 θαυμάζουσαι τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς θεῖον; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 80 Πρόκλος ἐθαύμαζε τὸ Ἰσιδώρου πρόσωπον, ὡς ἔνθεον ἦν; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23); 2 Cor 3:7 twice, 13 (JMorgenstern, Moses with the Shining Face: HUCA 2, 1925, 1–28); cp. vs. 18; 4:6; but in the last two passages there is a transition from the face of Moses to a symbolic use of πρ. (s. 1bβג below); Rv 4:7; 9:7ab; 10:1; IEph 15:3 (cp. 1bβו); MPol 12:1; Hv 3, 10, 1; B 5:14; GJs 17:2; 18:2 (codd.). ἐμβριθεῖ τῷ πρ. MPol 9:2 (s. ἐμβριθής). ποίῳ προσώπῳ GJs 13:1b. πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ the face he was born with Js 1:23 (γένεσις 2a). ἐμπτύειν εἰς τὸ πρ. τινος spit in someone’s face (s. ἐμπτύω) Mt 26:67. εἰς πρ. δέρειν τινά strike someone in the face 2 Cor 11:20. τύπτειν τὸ πρ. GJs 13:1a. συνέπεσεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ his face fell or became distorted 1 Cl 4:3; cp. vs. 4 (Gen 4:6 and 5; JosAs 13:8). πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὸ; the art. is usu. lacking; B-D-F §255, 4; 259, 1; cp. Rob. 792) πρ. αὐτοῦ fall on one’s face as a sign of devotion (=נָפַל עַל פָּנָיו; cp. Gen 17:3; Ruth 2:10; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 16 [Stone p. 20]; JosAs 14:4 al.; ApcSed 14:2) Mt 17:6; 26:39; Rv 7:11; 11:16. Without αὐτοῦ (Gen 17:17; Num 14:5; Jos., Ant. 10, 11) Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25.
    ⓑ personal presence or relational circumstance, fig.
    α. in all kinds of imagery which, in large part, represent OT usage, and in which the face is oft. to be taken as the seat of the faculty of seeing. Βλέπειν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον to see face to face 1 Cor 13:12 (cp. Gen 32:31 [Jos., Ant. 1, 334 θεοῦ πρόσωπον]; Judg 6:22. See HRiesenfeld, ConNeot 5, ’41, 19; 21f [abstracts of four articles]). κλίνειν τὸ πρ. εἰς τὴν γῆν Lk 24:5 (κλίνω 1). πρ. κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά 1 Pt 3:12; 1 Cl 22:6 (both Ps 33:17). ἐπίφανον τὸ πρ. σου ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς (ἐπιφαίνω 1) 60:3 (s. Num 6:25). ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ (ἐμφανίζω 1) Hb 9:24. βλέπειν τὸ πρ. τινος, i.e. of God (βλέπω 1a, ὁράω A1c and s. JBoehmer, Gottes Angesicht: BFCT 12, 1908, 321–47; EGulin, D. Antlitz Jahwes im AT: Annal. Acad. Scient. Fenn. 17, 3, 1923; FNötscher, ‘Das Anges. Gottes schauen’ nach bibl. u. babylon. Auffassung 1924) Mt 18:10; cp. Rv 22:4. ὁρᾶν, ἰδεῖν or θεωρεῖν τὸ πρ. τινος see someone’s face, i.e. see someone (present) in person (UPZ 70, 5 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἄν με ἶδες τὸ πρόσωπον. See Gen 32:21; 43:3, 5; 46:30 al.) Ac 20:25, 38; 1 Th 2:17b; 3:10; IRo 1:1; s. IPol 1:1. τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί Col 2:1. τῷ προσώπῳ ἀγνοούμενος unknown by face, i.e. personally Gal 1:22 (ἀγνοέω 1b). ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφʼ ὑμῶν προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ (dat. of specification) orphaned by separation from you in person, not in heart (or outwardly, not inwardly) 1 Th 2:17a. ἐκζητεῖν τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν ἁγίων (ἐκζητέω 1) B 19:10; D 4:2. ἀποστρέφειν τὸ πρ. ἀπό τινος (ἀποστρέφω 1) 1 Cl 18:9 (Ps 50:11); 16:3 (Is 53:3). στερεῖν τοῦ προσώπου τινός B 13:4 (Gen 48:11).—τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν (s. στηρίζω 2 and cp. SAntoniades, Neotestamentica: Neophilologus 14, 1929, 129–35) Lk 9:51. τὸ πρ. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ his face was set toward Jerusalem vs. 53 (cp. 2 Km 17:11).—θαυμάζειν πρόσωπον flatter Jd 16 (PsSol 2:18; s. also θαυμάζω 1bα). λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον (=נָשָׂא פָנִים; cp. Sir 4:22; 35:13; 1 Esdr 4:39; s. Thackeray p. 43f; B-D-F p. 3, note 5; Rob. 94) show partiality or favoritism Lk 20:21; B 19:4; D 4:3. λαμβ. πρόσωπόν τινος (cp. Mal 1:8) Gal 2:6. S. PKatz, Kratylos 5, ’60, 161.
    β. governed by prepositions, in usages where πρ. in many cases requires a dynamic equivalent
    א. ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός from the presence of someone (JosAs 28:10; Just., A I, 36, 1; s. Vi. Aesopi W 104 v.l. p. 188 last line P. ἐπιστολὴ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Αἰσώπου) Ac 3:20; (away) from someone or someth. (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 9 Jac. φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου Κύρου; LXX; PsSol 4:8 al.; Herodas 8, 59 ἔρρʼ ἐκ προσώπου=get out of my sight; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 11 [Stone p. 4] ἐκ προσώπου: here because of the compound ἐξέρχομαι) 5:41; 7:45; 2 Th 1:9; Rv 6:16 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); 12:14; 20:11 (cp. Ex 14:25; Josh 10:11; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34 and oft.) 1 Cl 4:8 (s. ἀποδιδράσκω), 10 (s. the passages cited for Rv 20:11 above); 18:11 (Ps 50:13; ἀπο[ρ]ρίπτω 2); 28:3 (Ps 138:7).
    ב. εἰς πρόσωπον: (Aesop, Fab. 302 P.= εἰς Ζηνὸς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι=before the face of Zeus) εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν before (lit. ‘in the face of’) the congregations 2 Cor 8:24. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον what meets your eye, i.e. the visible world IPol 2:2. βλέπειν εἰς πρόσωπόν τινος Mt 22:16; Mk 12:14 (s. βλέπω 4). To one’s face i.e. when present Hv 3, 6, 3 cj. (cp. POxy 903, 2; BGU 909, 12).
    ג. ἐν προσώπῳ (Maximus Tyr. 38, 1a) ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ before the face of Christ that looks down with approval 2 Cor 2:10 (cp. Pr 8:30; Sir 35:4), or as the representative of Christ (REB); difft. 4:6 on the face of Christ (s. 1a above).
    ד. κατὰ πρόσωπον face to face, (present) in person (Polyb. 24, 15, 2; Diod S 19, 46, 2; Plut., Caesar 716 [17, 8]; IMagnMai 93b, 11; IPriene 41, 6; OGI 441, 66 [81 B.C.]; PLond II, 479, 6 p. 256 [III A.D.?]; POxy 1071, 1) B 15:1. (Opp. ἀπών) 2 Cor 10:1. Παῦλος, ὸ̔ς γενόμενος ἐν ὑμῖν κατὰ πρόσωπον Pol 3:2. πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους before the accused meets his accusers face to face Ac 25:16, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην I opposed him to his face Gal 2:11 (cp. Diod S 40, 5a of an accusation κατὰ πρόσωπον; 2 Macc 7:6; Jos., Ant. 5, 46; 13, 278).—κατὰ πρόσωπον with partiality, in favoritism B 19:7; D 4:10.—τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον what is before your eyes 2 Cor 10:7.—Used w. the gen. like a prep. (PPetr III, 1 II, 8 κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἱεροῦ; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 144; 9, 8) κατὰ πρ. τινος before or in the presence of someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 235) Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13; 16:9 D; 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps. 49:21).
    ה. μετὰ προσώπου: πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); μετά A 2γ ג.
    ו. πρὸ προσώπου τινός (LXX; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 4 [Stone p. 30] πρὸ προσώπου τῆς τραπέζης; GrBar 1:4; s. Johannessohn, Präp. 184–86) before someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three cp. Mal 3:1).—Lk 1:76 v.l. (s. Ex 32:34); 9:52 (s. Ex 23:20); 10:1; 1 Cl 34:3 (s. Is 62:11). IEph 15:3 (cp. 1a).—πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ Ac 13:24 (εἴσοδος 2).
    ② entire bodily presence, person (Polyb. 5, 107, 3; 8, 13, 5; 12, 27, 10; 27, 7, 4; Diod S 37, 12, 1; Plut., Mor. 509b; Epict. 1, 2, 7; Vett. Val. s. index; Just., A I, 36, 2; POxy 1672, 4 [37–41 A.D.] ξένοις προσώποις=to strangers; 237 VII, 34; PRyl 28, 88. Cp. Phryn. p. 379 Lob., also Lob.’s comment p. 380; KPraechter, Philol 63, 1904, 155f) ὀλίγα πρόσωπα a few persons 1 Cl 1:1; ἓν ἢ δύο πρ. 47:6. τὰ προγεγραμμένα πρ. the persons mentioned above IMg 6:1. Here is surely also the place for ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων by many (persons) 2 Cor 1:11 (from Luther to NRSV et al.; ‘face’ is preferred by Heinrici, Plummer et al.—With this expr. cp. Diod S 15, 38, 4 ἐκ τρίτου προσώπου=[claims were raised] by a third ‘party’, i.e. Thebes, against Sparta and Athens).
    ③ the outer surface of someth., face= surface πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς (Gen 2:6; 7:23; 11:4, 8 al.) Lk 21:35; Ac 17:26; B 11:7 (Ps 1:4); and 6:9 prob. belongs here also.
    ④ that which is present in a certain form or character to a viewer, external things, appearance opp. καρδία (1 Km 16:7) 2 Cor 5:12. πρόσωπον εἰρήνης (opp. πονηρίαι … ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις) Hv 3, 6, 3. ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (i.e. of grass and flowers) Js 1:11. Of the appearance of the sky Mt 16:3; cp. Lk 12:56 (s. Ps 103:30).—SSchlossmann, Persona u. Πρόσωπον im röm. Recht u. christl. Dogma 1906; RHirzel, Die Person; Begriff u. Name derselben im Altertum: SBBayAk 1914, Heft 10; HRheinfelder, Das Wort ‘Persona’; Gesch. seiner Bed. 1928; FAltheim, Persona: ARW 27, 1929, 35–52; RAC I 437–40; BHHW I 93f. B. 216.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρόσωπον

  • 4 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 5 παρά

    πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.
    A beside: hence,
    A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:
    I of Place,

    πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744

    ;

    παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225

    , etc.;

    παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197

    ;

    πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533

    , etc.;

    δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194

    ;

    φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190

    , cf. 21.173;

    σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473

    ; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.
    II commonly of Persons,
    1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,

    ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787

    ;

    παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70

    , etc.;

    ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140

    .

    ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13

    ;

    ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117

    ; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so

    οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10

    , Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;

    ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5

    , etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;

    ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20

    ;

    σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2

    .
    2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;

    παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3

    ; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.
    3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,

    τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290

    , 15.158;

    πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452

    ;

    ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76

    ;

    εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14

    , cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;

    ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d

    ;

    κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e

    : without Verb,

    ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27

    : with Verbs of learning, etc.,

    μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104

    , etc.
    4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,

    πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122

    ;

    π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c

    , etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;

    με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e

    .
    III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,

    πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62

    , 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);

    τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5

    ; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.
    IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).
    B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?
    I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;

    νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408

    ;

    ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565

    ; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;

    π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773

    ;

    δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97

    , cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;

    κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972

    ; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.
    2 at one's house or place, with one,

    μένειν π. τισί 9.427

    ;

    θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490

    ;

    φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627

    ; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;

    παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15

    ;

    καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82

     (but

    παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136

    ), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ;

    ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ; also, in one's hands,

    τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6

    ;

    ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130

    , etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.
    3 before, in the presence of,

    ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154

    ; before a judge,

    δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9

    ;

    π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160

    ;

    π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65

    ;

    παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73

    ;

    εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13

    : hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.
    4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.
    III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,

    καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9

     (Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).
    C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,
    I beside, near, by,
    II along,
    III past, beyond.
    I beside, near, by:
    1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,

    ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347

    , cf. 8.220, etc.;

    βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34

    , cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;

    ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51

    , etc.;

    φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d

    ; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;

    ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86

    ;

    καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17

    .
    2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as

    ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406

    , cf. 11.577),

    ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51

    , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;

    π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122

    ;

    καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28

    ; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;

    ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b

    , cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;

    παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;

    ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a

    , cf. R. 328c;

    στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c

    ;

    τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313

    , cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;

    τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90

    ;

    κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87

    ;

    τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140

    .ά (v.l. ἐμοί)

    ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18

    , cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;

    ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99

    , cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);

    Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52

    ;

    τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3

    , cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112;

    τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42

     (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.
    b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);

    τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18

     (Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;

    πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5

     (Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.
    3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,

    βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480

    , etc.;

    τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146

    ;

    τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117

    , cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.;

    αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293

    , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.
    4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,

    ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e

    , cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a;

    ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265

    ;

    ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24

    .
    b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;

    π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a

    ; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,
    c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.

    παραβάλλω A.

     VII. 2);

    μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33

    ; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).
    5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.
    6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.
    b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;

    σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24

     B.
    7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,

    δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160

    , cf. 7.20, 103;

    ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23

    , cf. 4.6;

    τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41

    ;

    π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14

    ;

    φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a

    , cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;

    εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332

     ([place name] Halae);

    προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34

     (iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)

    πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5

    .
    8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35

    ; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;

    παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11

    ; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466;

    παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569

    ;

    οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6

    ; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.
    b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).
    9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);

    πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643

    ; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);

    ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28

    ; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.
    10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;

    ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31

    ; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;

    π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b

    ; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;

    π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10

    .
    b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;

    ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18

    ; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;

    π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14

     ([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26

    ;

    ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a

    .
    c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).
    d throughout a period of time,

    π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46

    ;

    π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a

    ;

    π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10

    ; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.

    δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156

    ;

    π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24

    ; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.
    II along,

    ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558

    ;

    βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352

    ;

    π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21

    ;

    ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193

    ;

    π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148

    ; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;

    παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3

    ; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.
    2 strictly according to, without deviating from,

    εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945

    , cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.
    III past, beyond,

    παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145

    , cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;

    βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425

    ; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.
    2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,

    οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698

    ;

    π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a

    , cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;

    ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e

    .
    3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;

    π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38

    .
    4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,

    π. μοῖραν Od.14.509

    ;

    π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10

    ; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;

    π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90

    , etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;

    π. φύσιν Th.6.17

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;

    π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77

    , etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.
    5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.);

    παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71

    ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;

    π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37

    ; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.
    b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (

    τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29

    ), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),

    ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258

    , cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4;

    παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33

    ;

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14

    , cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;

    δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2

    ; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;

    ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801

     ([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.
    6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,

    τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2

     (cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;

    μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29

    , cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.
    7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (

    τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6

    , cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.);

    οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63

    , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;

    παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2

    , cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;

    παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.

    ; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;

    π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2

    ; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);

    π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20

    , cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).
    8 of a limit of possibility,

    εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239

    ; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.
    D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,

    τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400

    ; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.
    E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).
    F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.
    I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).
    II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.
    III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.
    IV metaph.,
    1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.
    2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.
    3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.
    4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά

  • 6 לישן

    לִישָׁן, לִישָׁנָא, לִשָׁ׳m. ch. = h. לָשוֹן, tougue; language; expression; meaning; version. Targ. O. Ex. 4:10. Targ. Y. II Gen. 31:11 לְשָׁן קודשא sacred tongue (Hebrew); Targ. Y. ib. 47 לִישַׁן בית קודשא; ib. 45:12; a. fr.Lev. R. s. 33 כד אנא … את זבן לי ל׳ וכד אנאוכ׳ when I told thee to buy me the best thing in the market, thou boughtest a tongue, and when I told thee to buy me the worst, thou boughtest a tongue?Ḥull.142a ל׳ דר׳וכ׳ he saw the tongue of R. Ḥ. lying on the dunghill.B. Kam.6b ל׳ קלילא ( ḥab for ḥayab, v. חוּב h.) is the easier form (of the Jerusalem dialect).ל׳ מעליא refined expression, euphemism. Ber.11b; a. fr.Ib. 28a ל׳ דתברא הוא has the meaning of breaking. Ḥull.3b להך ל׳ דאמרתוכ׳ according to this, thy interpretation that Sabb.154a (in an editorial gloss) לל׳ בתרא according to the latter version ( אבוה for אחוה); a. v. fr. לישנא אחרינא (abbrev. ל״א) another version (reads), Ib. 104a; a. fr. לישן ביש, לישנא בישא = h. לשין הרע evil gossip, calumny, denunciation; also ל׳ תְלִיתָאֵי the talk about third (absent) persons. Targ. Y. Lev. 19:16; a. e.Arakh.15b ל׳ ת׳ קטל תליתאי Ar. (ed. לשון, corr. acc.) the talk about third persons kills three persons. Ib. כל מילתא … לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever evil is spoken in the presence of the person concerned is not to be called evil gossip; כל שכן חוצפא ול׳ ב׳ so much the worse, it is impudence and calumny. Ib. 16a כל מילתא … תלתא לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever has been said in the presence of three is not gossip (if repeated by one of those present); a. fr.Pl. לִישָׁנִין, לִישָׁנַיָּא, לִישָׁנֵי. Targ. Esth. 2:22. Targ. II Esth. 1:2; a. e.Men.65a, v. בִּיל.Keth.91a הנך תרי לִישְׁנָאֵיוכ׳ those first two versions; a. e.

    Jewish literature > לישן

  • 7 לישנא

    לִישָׁן, לִישָׁנָא, לִשָׁ׳m. ch. = h. לָשוֹן, tougue; language; expression; meaning; version. Targ. O. Ex. 4:10. Targ. Y. II Gen. 31:11 לְשָׁן קודשא sacred tongue (Hebrew); Targ. Y. ib. 47 לִישַׁן בית קודשא; ib. 45:12; a. fr.Lev. R. s. 33 כד אנא … את זבן לי ל׳ וכד אנאוכ׳ when I told thee to buy me the best thing in the market, thou boughtest a tongue, and when I told thee to buy me the worst, thou boughtest a tongue?Ḥull.142a ל׳ דר׳וכ׳ he saw the tongue of R. Ḥ. lying on the dunghill.B. Kam.6b ל׳ קלילא ( ḥab for ḥayab, v. חוּב h.) is the easier form (of the Jerusalem dialect).ל׳ מעליא refined expression, euphemism. Ber.11b; a. fr.Ib. 28a ל׳ דתברא הוא has the meaning of breaking. Ḥull.3b להך ל׳ דאמרתוכ׳ according to this, thy interpretation that Sabb.154a (in an editorial gloss) לל׳ בתרא according to the latter version ( אבוה for אחוה); a. v. fr. לישנא אחרינא (abbrev. ל״א) another version (reads), Ib. 104a; a. fr. לישן ביש, לישנא בישא = h. לשין הרע evil gossip, calumny, denunciation; also ל׳ תְלִיתָאֵי the talk about third (absent) persons. Targ. Y. Lev. 19:16; a. e.Arakh.15b ל׳ ת׳ קטל תליתאי Ar. (ed. לשון, corr. acc.) the talk about third persons kills three persons. Ib. כל מילתא … לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever evil is spoken in the presence of the person concerned is not to be called evil gossip; כל שכן חוצפא ול׳ ב׳ so much the worse, it is impudence and calumny. Ib. 16a כל מילתא … תלתא לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever has been said in the presence of three is not gossip (if repeated by one of those present); a. fr.Pl. לִישָׁנִין, לִישָׁנַיָּא, לִישָׁנֵי. Targ. Esth. 2:22. Targ. II Esth. 1:2; a. e.Men.65a, v. בִּיל.Keth.91a הנך תרי לִישְׁנָאֵיוכ׳ those first two versions; a. e.

    Jewish literature > לישנא

  • 8 לִישָׁן

    לִישָׁן, לִישָׁנָא, לִשָׁ׳m. ch. = h. לָשוֹן, tougue; language; expression; meaning; version. Targ. O. Ex. 4:10. Targ. Y. II Gen. 31:11 לְשָׁן קודשא sacred tongue (Hebrew); Targ. Y. ib. 47 לִישַׁן בית קודשא; ib. 45:12; a. fr.Lev. R. s. 33 כד אנא … את זבן לי ל׳ וכד אנאוכ׳ when I told thee to buy me the best thing in the market, thou boughtest a tongue, and when I told thee to buy me the worst, thou boughtest a tongue?Ḥull.142a ל׳ דר׳וכ׳ he saw the tongue of R. Ḥ. lying on the dunghill.B. Kam.6b ל׳ קלילא ( ḥab for ḥayab, v. חוּב h.) is the easier form (of the Jerusalem dialect).ל׳ מעליא refined expression, euphemism. Ber.11b; a. fr.Ib. 28a ל׳ דתברא הוא has the meaning of breaking. Ḥull.3b להך ל׳ דאמרתוכ׳ according to this, thy interpretation that Sabb.154a (in an editorial gloss) לל׳ בתרא according to the latter version ( אבוה for אחוה); a. v. fr. לישנא אחרינא (abbrev. ל״א) another version (reads), Ib. 104a; a. fr. לישן ביש, לישנא בישא = h. לשין הרע evil gossip, calumny, denunciation; also ל׳ תְלִיתָאֵי the talk about third (absent) persons. Targ. Y. Lev. 19:16; a. e.Arakh.15b ל׳ ת׳ קטל תליתאי Ar. (ed. לשון, corr. acc.) the talk about third persons kills three persons. Ib. כל מילתא … לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever evil is spoken in the presence of the person concerned is not to be called evil gossip; כל שכן חוצפא ול׳ ב׳ so much the worse, it is impudence and calumny. Ib. 16a כל מילתא … תלתא לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever has been said in the presence of three is not gossip (if repeated by one of those present); a. fr.Pl. לִישָׁנִין, לִישָׁנַיָּא, לִישָׁנֵי. Targ. Esth. 2:22. Targ. II Esth. 1:2; a. e.Men.65a, v. בִּיל.Keth.91a הנך תרי לִישְׁנָאֵיוכ׳ those first two versions; a. e.

    Jewish literature > לִישָׁן

  • 9 לִישָׁנָא

    לִישָׁן, לִישָׁנָא, לִשָׁ׳m. ch. = h. לָשוֹן, tougue; language; expression; meaning; version. Targ. O. Ex. 4:10. Targ. Y. II Gen. 31:11 לְשָׁן קודשא sacred tongue (Hebrew); Targ. Y. ib. 47 לִישַׁן בית קודשא; ib. 45:12; a. fr.Lev. R. s. 33 כד אנא … את זבן לי ל׳ וכד אנאוכ׳ when I told thee to buy me the best thing in the market, thou boughtest a tongue, and when I told thee to buy me the worst, thou boughtest a tongue?Ḥull.142a ל׳ דר׳וכ׳ he saw the tongue of R. Ḥ. lying on the dunghill.B. Kam.6b ל׳ קלילא ( ḥab for ḥayab, v. חוּב h.) is the easier form (of the Jerusalem dialect).ל׳ מעליא refined expression, euphemism. Ber.11b; a. fr.Ib. 28a ל׳ דתברא הוא has the meaning of breaking. Ḥull.3b להך ל׳ דאמרתוכ׳ according to this, thy interpretation that Sabb.154a (in an editorial gloss) לל׳ בתרא according to the latter version ( אבוה for אחוה); a. v. fr. לישנא אחרינא (abbrev. ל״א) another version (reads), Ib. 104a; a. fr. לישן ביש, לישנא בישא = h. לשין הרע evil gossip, calumny, denunciation; also ל׳ תְלִיתָאֵי the talk about third (absent) persons. Targ. Y. Lev. 19:16; a. e.Arakh.15b ל׳ ת׳ קטל תליתאי Ar. (ed. לשון, corr. acc.) the talk about third persons kills three persons. Ib. כל מילתא … לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever evil is spoken in the presence of the person concerned is not to be called evil gossip; כל שכן חוצפא ול׳ ב׳ so much the worse, it is impudence and calumny. Ib. 16a כל מילתא … תלתא לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever has been said in the presence of three is not gossip (if repeated by one of those present); a. fr.Pl. לִישָׁנִין, לִישָׁנַיָּא, לִישָׁנֵי. Targ. Esth. 2:22. Targ. II Esth. 1:2; a. e.Men.65a, v. בִּיל.Keth.91a הנך תרי לִישְׁנָאֵיוכ׳ those first two versions; a. e.

    Jewish literature > לִישָׁנָא

  • 10 לִשָׁ׳

    לִישָׁן, לִישָׁנָא, לִשָׁ׳m. ch. = h. לָשוֹן, tougue; language; expression; meaning; version. Targ. O. Ex. 4:10. Targ. Y. II Gen. 31:11 לְשָׁן קודשא sacred tongue (Hebrew); Targ. Y. ib. 47 לִישַׁן בית קודשא; ib. 45:12; a. fr.Lev. R. s. 33 כד אנא … את זבן לי ל׳ וכד אנאוכ׳ when I told thee to buy me the best thing in the market, thou boughtest a tongue, and when I told thee to buy me the worst, thou boughtest a tongue?Ḥull.142a ל׳ דר׳וכ׳ he saw the tongue of R. Ḥ. lying on the dunghill.B. Kam.6b ל׳ קלילא ( ḥab for ḥayab, v. חוּב h.) is the easier form (of the Jerusalem dialect).ל׳ מעליא refined expression, euphemism. Ber.11b; a. fr.Ib. 28a ל׳ דתברא הוא has the meaning of breaking. Ḥull.3b להך ל׳ דאמרתוכ׳ according to this, thy interpretation that Sabb.154a (in an editorial gloss) לל׳ בתרא according to the latter version ( אבוה for אחוה); a. v. fr. לישנא אחרינא (abbrev. ל״א) another version (reads), Ib. 104a; a. fr. לישן ביש, לישנא בישא = h. לשין הרע evil gossip, calumny, denunciation; also ל׳ תְלִיתָאֵי the talk about third (absent) persons. Targ. Y. Lev. 19:16; a. e.Arakh.15b ל׳ ת׳ קטל תליתאי Ar. (ed. לשון, corr. acc.) the talk about third persons kills three persons. Ib. כל מילתא … לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever evil is spoken in the presence of the person concerned is not to be called evil gossip; כל שכן חוצפא ול׳ ב׳ so much the worse, it is impudence and calumny. Ib. 16a כל מילתא … תלתא לית בה משום ל׳ ב׳ whatever has been said in the presence of three is not gossip (if repeated by one of those present); a. fr.Pl. לִישָׁנִין, לִישָׁנַיָּא, לִישָׁנֵי. Targ. Esth. 2:22. Targ. II Esth. 1:2; a. e.Men.65a, v. בִּיל.Keth.91a הנך תרי לִישְׁנָאֵיוכ׳ those first two versions; a. e.

    Jewish literature > לִשָׁ׳

  • 11 F20

    рус Шизофрения
    eng Schizophrenia. The schizophrenic disorders are characterized in general by fundamental and characteristic distortions of thinking and perception, and affects that are inappropriate or blunted. Clear consciousness and intellectual capacity are usually maintained although certain cognitive deficits may evolve in the course of time. The most important psychopathological phenomena include thought echo; thought insertion or withdrawal; thought broadcasting; delusional perception and delusions of control; influence or passivity; hallucinatory voices commenting or discussing the patient in the third person; thought disorders and negative symptoms. The course of schizophrenic disorders can be either continuous, or episodic with progressive or stable deficit, or there can be one or more episodes with complete or incomplete remission. The diagnosis of schizophrenia should not be made in the presence of extensive depressive or manic symptoms unless it is clear that schizophrenic symptoms antedate the affective disturban

    Classification of Diseases (English-Russian) > F20

  • 12 escolta

    f.
    f. & m.
    1 bodyguard (para protección) (persona, grupo).
    2 escort, chaperon, convoy.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: escoltar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: escoltar.
    * * *
    1 escort
    2 MARÍTIMO convoy
    \
    dar escolta to escort, accompany
    escolta personal bodyguard
    * * *
    noun mf.
    * * *
    1.
    SMF (=acompañante) escort; (=guardaespaldas) bodyguard; [de ministro] minder *
    2.

    dar escolta a — to escort, accompany

    * * *
    masculino y femenino
    1) ( persona) escort; ( en baloncesto) guard
    2) escolta femenino ( grupo) escort
    * * *
    = escort, chaperon.
    Ex. Escort can be seen as part of the referral process or as a separate activity of accompanying a client to ensure that the person reaches the source of help.
    Ex. Apart from the tale that babies are found under gooseberry bushes, to 'play gooseberry' was to act as a chaperon, or be an unwanted third presence when lovers wanted to be alone.
    ----
    * escolta policial = police escort.
    * trabajo de escolta = escort work.
    * * *
    masculino y femenino
    1) ( persona) escort; ( en baloncesto) guard
    2) escolta femenino ( grupo) escort
    * * *
    = escort, chaperon.

    Ex: Escort can be seen as part of the referral process or as a separate activity of accompanying a client to ensure that the person reaches the source of help.

    Ex: Apart from the tale that babies are found under gooseberry bushes, to 'play gooseberry' was to act as a chaperon, or be an unwanted third presence when lovers wanted to be alone.
    * escolta policial = police escort.
    * trabajo de escolta = escort work.

    * * *
    A
    1 (persona) escort
    B
    * * *

    Del verbo escoltar: ( conjugate escoltar)

    escolta es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    escolta    
    escoltar
    escolta sustantivo masculino y femenino ( persona) escort;
    ( en baloncesto) guard
    ■ sustantivo femenino ( grupo) escort
    escoltar ( conjugate escoltar) verbo transitivo
    to escort
    escolta sustantivo femenino
    1 (grupo) escort
    2 (guardaespaldas) bodyguard
    3 (baloncesto) guard
    escoltar verbo transitivo to escort
    ' escolta' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    séquito
    English:
    convoy
    - escort
    - body
    - guard
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    [acompañamiento] escort;
    lleva escolta veinticuatro horas al día he has a twenty-four-hour escort
    escolta policial police escort
    ♦ nmf
    1. [persona] bodyguard
    2. [en baloncesto] shooting guard
    * * *
    I f escort
    II m/f
    1 motorista outrider
    2 ( guardaespaldas) bodyguard
    3 en baloncesto shooting guard
    * * *
    escolta nmf
    : escort
    * * *
    escolta n escort

    Spanish-English dictionary > escolta

  • 13 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 14 superar

    v.
    1 to beat.
    queremos superar los resultados del año pasado we want to improve on o beat last year's results
    me superó por dos décimas de segundo she beat me by two tenths of a second
    superar algo/a alguien en algo to beat something/somebody for something
    nos superan en número they outnumber us
    me supera en altura/inteligencia he's taller/cleverer than me
    2 to overtake, to pass.
    3 to overcome.
    superar un examen to get through an exam
    tener algo superado to have got over something
    Ellos superan la adversidad They overcome adversity.
    4 to surpass, to exceed, to best, to excel.
    María supera a sus colegas Mary surpasses her colleagues.
    5 to outdo, to win over.
    * * *
    1 (exceder) to surpass, exceed, excel
    2 (obstáculo etc) to overcome, surmount
    1 (sobrepasarse) to excel oneself
    2 (mejorarse) to improve oneself, better oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=aventajar) [+ contrincante, adversario] to overcome; [+ límite] to go beyond; [+ récord, marca] to break

    superar a algn en algo: superó al adversario en cuatro puntos — she beat her opponent by four points

    2) (=pasar con éxito) [+ dificultad] to overcome; [+ enfermedad, crisis] to get over
    3) [+ etapa] to get past
    4) [+ prueba, examen] to pass
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (ser superior a, mayor que) to exceed, go beyond
    b) ( mejorar) < marca> to beat
    2)
    a) (vencer, sobreponerse a) <timidez/dificultad/etapa> to overcome; < trauma> to get over
    b) (frml) <examen/prueba> to pass
    2.
    superarse v pron to better oneself
    * * *
    = beat, circumvent, go beyond, outperform [out-perform], outweigh, overcome, overtake, score over, outgrow, surpass, survive, go far beyond, extend + far beyond, top, outbalance, outrank, weather, get through, one-up, outwit, outdo, outsmart, ride out, exceed, outfox, go + past, outrun [out-run], best, trump, move on from, go + one better.
    Ex. It would certainly beat the usual file clerk.
    Ex. Plainly, the familiarization stage is circumvented in a computer-based indexing system with machine-assigned terms.
    Ex. Maybe the answer is some kind of localized Ceefax or Oracle information service that could be obtained free through one's television set but went beyond the mainly trivia that these services currently provide.
    Ex. Numerous experiment have tried to determine if free-text searching outperform searching with the aid of a controlled index language.
    Ex. It may be decided that the practical impediments to the distribution and assignment of such numbers outweigh their potential usefulness.
    Ex. Analytical cataloguing seeks to overcome physical packaging.
    Ex. Why have card-based systems been overtaken by computer databases?.
    Ex. A Permuterm index scores over a Double-KWIC index in that it avoids repetitive printing of one title.
    Ex. We outgrow the school, we cannot outgrow the library.
    Ex. The advantages of the system far surpass any disadvantages.
    Ex. The chairwoman of the board had decided that as part of the screening process those who had successfully survived the initial winnowing should furnish the board with tangible evidence of how they might perform on a specific assignment.
    Ex. These changes in the physical form of the catalog have implications which go far beyond changes in form or even in improvements in speed and convenience to the catalog user.
    Ex. We have seen that the relationships of the Publications Office with the institutions and other bodies of the European Communities may in theory, but do not yet in practice extend far beyond those with the six managing institutions.
    Ex. As public library circ declines, spending continues to top inflation.
    Ex. The large profits to be made in this field will outbalance the problems that may lie ahead.
    Ex. One node in the star graphic completely outranks the others, while the other six themselves are interchangeable.
    Ex. The small publishers seem to be weathering the industry changes, and have expectations of growth.
    Ex. I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex. This remake of William Castle's action adventure adds a genuinely supernatural plot to the old story of the duplicitous wife scheming to kill her husband but being one-upped by his even more ingenious counterplots.
    Ex. Two dangerous trysts are spied upon by a third and hostile party, whose presence is detected by the lovers who act in consort to outwit him.
    Ex. This novel is narrated by William, an underachiever who is constantly outdone by his charming and lovable identical twin brother.
    Ex. Smart and speedy start-ups blindside mature companies with their inventiveness then grow up into mature companies and are outsmarted in their turn.
    Ex. Without any significant restructuring, the LIS programme in Iran will provide little in the way of riding out the rapid transition that the field is currently experiencing.
    Ex. In the same way, files of item record cards can be difficult to manage if the file size exceeds, say, 2000 cards.
    Ex. It also led to a continuing guerilla war between the authorities and caricaturists who sought to evade, outfox, or entirely defy them.
    Ex. Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex. But he was wiry and wily, too, and he could often out-run, track, back-track, double-back, and finally dodge unseen in the subway.
    Ex. Back in 2001, the tossed salad they prepared fed some 5,000, which then bested the record held by a community in Utah in the United States.
    Ex. If prejudice is allowed to trump the rights that all citizens should enjoy, then everyone's freedoms are ultimately endangered.
    Ex. He is moving on from the past and looking forward to a tremendous future helping to educate parents from his personal experiences.
    Ex. I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.
    ----
    * ayudar a superar = get + Nombre + through.
    * capaz de adaptarse y superar adversidades = resilient.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no superar la prueba de = not stand the test of.
    * ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.
    * sin ser superado = unsurpassed.
    * superar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * superar barreras = hurdle + barriers.
    * superar el intento = resist + effort.
    * superar el miedo = overcome + Posesivo + fear, conquer + fear.
    * superar el nerviosismo = overcome + nervousness.
    * superar el problema de credibilidad = overcome + credibility gap.
    * superar en número = outnumber.
    * superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.
    * superar la etapa de = move on from.
    * superar las expectativas = exceed + expectations.
    * superarse a sí mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * superarse a Uno Mismo = make + the best of + Reflexivo.
    * superarse para hacer frente a Algo = rise to + meet.
    * superar una barrera = conquer + barrier.
    * superar una crisis = ford + crisis, survive + crisis.
    * superar una deficiencia = overcome + weakness.
    * superar una dificultad = overcome + difficulty, get over + difficulty.
    * superar una limitación = overcome + limitation, tackle + limitation.
    * superar un análisis minucioso = stand up to + scrutiny, stand up to + examination.
    * superar una situación difícil = weather + the bumpy ride, weather + the storm.
    * superar un examen = pass + examination, pass + an exam.
    * superar un obstáculo = overcome + obstacle, jump over + hurdle, overcome + barrier, conquer + barrier.
    * superar un peligro = overcome + danger.
    * superar un problema = surmount + problem, conquer + problem, get over + problem.
    * verse superado sólo por = be second only to.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (ser superior a, mayor que) to exceed, go beyond
    b) ( mejorar) < marca> to beat
    2)
    a) (vencer, sobreponerse a) <timidez/dificultad/etapa> to overcome; < trauma> to get over
    b) (frml) <examen/prueba> to pass
    2.
    superarse v pron to better oneself
    * * *
    = beat, circumvent, go beyond, outperform [out-perform], outweigh, overcome, overtake, score over, outgrow, surpass, survive, go far beyond, extend + far beyond, top, outbalance, outrank, weather, get through, one-up, outwit, outdo, outsmart, ride out, exceed, outfox, go + past, outrun [out-run], best, trump, move on from, go + one better.

    Ex: It would certainly beat the usual file clerk.

    Ex: Plainly, the familiarization stage is circumvented in a computer-based indexing system with machine-assigned terms.
    Ex: Maybe the answer is some kind of localized Ceefax or Oracle information service that could be obtained free through one's television set but went beyond the mainly trivia that these services currently provide.
    Ex: Numerous experiment have tried to determine if free-text searching outperform searching with the aid of a controlled index language.
    Ex: It may be decided that the practical impediments to the distribution and assignment of such numbers outweigh their potential usefulness.
    Ex: Analytical cataloguing seeks to overcome physical packaging.
    Ex: Why have card-based systems been overtaken by computer databases?.
    Ex: A Permuterm index scores over a Double-KWIC index in that it avoids repetitive printing of one title.
    Ex: We outgrow the school, we cannot outgrow the library.
    Ex: The advantages of the system far surpass any disadvantages.
    Ex: The chairwoman of the board had decided that as part of the screening process those who had successfully survived the initial winnowing should furnish the board with tangible evidence of how they might perform on a specific assignment.
    Ex: These changes in the physical form of the catalog have implications which go far beyond changes in form or even in improvements in speed and convenience to the catalog user.
    Ex: We have seen that the relationships of the Publications Office with the institutions and other bodies of the European Communities may in theory, but do not yet in practice extend far beyond those with the six managing institutions.
    Ex: As public library circ declines, spending continues to top inflation.
    Ex: The large profits to be made in this field will outbalance the problems that may lie ahead.
    Ex: One node in the star graphic completely outranks the others, while the other six themselves are interchangeable.
    Ex: The small publishers seem to be weathering the industry changes, and have expectations of growth.
    Ex: I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex: This remake of William Castle's action adventure adds a genuinely supernatural plot to the old story of the duplicitous wife scheming to kill her husband but being one-upped by his even more ingenious counterplots.
    Ex: Two dangerous trysts are spied upon by a third and hostile party, whose presence is detected by the lovers who act in consort to outwit him.
    Ex: This novel is narrated by William, an underachiever who is constantly outdone by his charming and lovable identical twin brother.
    Ex: Smart and speedy start-ups blindside mature companies with their inventiveness then grow up into mature companies and are outsmarted in their turn.
    Ex: Without any significant restructuring, the LIS programme in Iran will provide little in the way of riding out the rapid transition that the field is currently experiencing.
    Ex: In the same way, files of item record cards can be difficult to manage if the file size exceeds, say, 2000 cards.
    Ex: It also led to a continuing guerilla war between the authorities and caricaturists who sought to evade, outfox, or entirely defy them.
    Ex: Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex: But he was wiry and wily, too, and he could often out-run, track, back-track, double-back, and finally dodge unseen in the subway.
    Ex: Back in 2001, the tossed salad they prepared fed some 5,000, which then bested the record held by a community in Utah in the United States.
    Ex: If prejudice is allowed to trump the rights that all citizens should enjoy, then everyone's freedoms are ultimately endangered.
    Ex: He is moving on from the past and looking forward to a tremendous future helping to educate parents from his personal experiences.
    Ex: I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.
    * ayudar a superar = get + Nombre + through.
    * capaz de adaptarse y superar adversidades = resilient.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no superar la prueba de = not stand the test of.
    * ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.
    * sin ser superado = unsurpassed.
    * superar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * superar barreras = hurdle + barriers.
    * superar el intento = resist + effort.
    * superar el miedo = overcome + Posesivo + fear, conquer + fear.
    * superar el nerviosismo = overcome + nervousness.
    * superar el problema de credibilidad = overcome + credibility gap.
    * superar en número = outnumber.
    * superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.
    * superar la etapa de = move on from.
    * superar las expectativas = exceed + expectations.
    * superarse a sí mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.
    * superarse a Uno Mismo = make + the best of + Reflexivo.
    * superarse para hacer frente a Algo = rise to + meet.
    * superar una barrera = conquer + barrier.
    * superar una crisis = ford + crisis, survive + crisis.
    * superar una deficiencia = overcome + weakness.
    * superar una dificultad = overcome + difficulty, get over + difficulty.
    * superar una limitación = overcome + limitation, tackle + limitation.
    * superar un análisis minucioso = stand up to + scrutiny, stand up to + examination.
    * superar una situación difícil = weather + the bumpy ride, weather + the storm.
    * superar un examen = pass + examination, pass + an exam.
    * superar un obstáculo = overcome + obstacle, jump over + hurdle, overcome + barrier, conquer + barrier.
    * superar un peligro = overcome + danger.
    * superar un problema = surmount + problem, conquer + problem, get over + problem.
    * verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

    * * *
    superar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (ser superior a, mayor que) to exceed, go beyond
    un éxito que supera todas las expectativas a success which goes beyond o exceeds o surpasses all expectations
    la realidad supera a la ficción fact o truth is stranger than fiction
    el horror de estas escenas supera todo lo imaginable the horror of these scenes goes beyond anything one could imagine
    nadie lo supera en experiencia ni habilidad nobody can surpass him in experience or skill, nobody can surpass his experience or skill
    nos superan en número they outnumber us
    supera en estatura a su hermano mayor he's taller than his elder brother
    supera en tres puntos la cifra de ayer it is three points higher than yesterday's figure, it surpasses yesterday's figure by three points
    2 (mejorar) to beat
    logró superar su propio récord he managed to beat his own record
    ese método está totalmente superado that method has been completely superseded
    B
    1 (vencer, sobreponerse a) ‹timidez/dificultad/etapa› to overcome
    trata de superar estas diferencias try to overcome o get over these differences
    no ha logrado superar el trauma que le supuso el accidente he has not got(ten) over the trauma of the accident
    ya hemos superado la etapa más difícil we've already got(ten) through o over the most difficult stage
    hace tres meses que rompimos pero ya lo tengo superado we split up three months ago but I've got(ten) over it o I'm over it now
    2 ( frml); ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    to better oneself
    * * *

     

    superar ( conjugate superar) verbo transitivo
    1


    nadie lo supera en experiencia no one has more experience than him;
    supera en estatura a su hermano he's taller than his brother
    b) ( mejorar) ‹ marca› to beat

    2
    a) (vencer, sobreponerse a) ‹timidez/dificultad/etapa› to overcome;

    ‹ trauma› to get over
    b) (frml) ‹examen/prueba› to pass

    superarse verbo pronominal
    to better oneself
    superar verbo transitivo
    1 (estar por encima de) to exceed: tu hermana te supera en altura, your sister is taller than you
    la temperatura superó los treinta grados, the temperature rose above thirty degrees
    (expectativas) esto supera todo lo imaginado, this defies the imagination
    (un récord, una marca) to beat, break
    2 (pasar, sobreponerse) to overcome
    (un examen) to pass, get through
    ' superar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atonía
    - ganar
    - sacar
    - salir
    - salvar
    - sobreponerse
    - vencer
    - volver
    - cabeza
    - creces
    - exceder
    - marca
    English:
    beat
    - beating
    - carry through
    - coast
    - corner
    - deal with
    - excel
    - get over
    - get past
    - handicap
    - improve on
    - outdo
    - outnumber
    - overcome
    - overtake
    - pull through
    - surmount
    - surpass
    - top
    - exceed
    - get
    - negotiate
    - out
    - over
    - rise
    - shrug
    - survive
    - transcend
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [aventajar] to beat;
    superar algo/a alguien en algo to beat sth/sb for sth;
    nos superan en número they outnumber us;
    me supera en altura/inteligencia he's taller/cleverer than me
    2. [sobrepasar] [récord] to break;
    queremos superar los resultados del año pasado we want to improve on o beat last year's results;
    me superó por dos décimas de segundo she beat me by two tenths of a second
    3. [adelantar] to overtake, to pass;
    superó a su rival en la recta final she overtook her rival on the home straight
    4. [época, técnica]
    estar superado to have been superseded
    5. [complejo, crisis, enfermedad] to overcome, to get over;
    no ha superado la pérdida de su mujer he has not overcome the loss of his wife;
    tener algo superado to have got over sth
    6. [examen, prueba] to pass
    * * *
    v/t persona beat; límite go beyond, exceed; obstáculo overcome, surmount
    * * *
    1) : to surpass, to exceed
    2) : to overcome, to surmount
    * * *
    1. (vencer problema, etc) to overcome [pt. overcame; pp. overcome]
    2. (pasar) to pass
    3. (ser mejor) to be better / to surpass
    4. (ser más) to be more / to be over
    el porcentaje de aprobados supera el 85% the percentage of passes is over 85%

    Spanish-English dictionary > superar

  • 15 dar

    v.
    1 to give.
    dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something
    se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother
    Ella me da dinero She gives me money.
    Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.
    El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.
    2 to give, to produce.
    la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice
    3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).
    dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor
    4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on
    6 to show.
    dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense
    7 to teach.
    dar inglés/historia to teach English/history
    9 to strike (horas).
    dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck
    10 to get, to catch.
    11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.
    12 to feel.
    Me da alegría I feel joy.
    13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.
    Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.
    14 to give forth, to burst out.
    Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.
    15 to make one feel.
    Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.
    16 to hit.
    Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place
    17 to give up.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.
    Past Indicative
    Present Subjunctive
    dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hit, strike
    3) hand over, deliver
    4) produce, yield
    •
    - dar con
    - dar contra
    - dar por
    - darse a
    - darse de sí
    - dárselas de
    * * *
    Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

    le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

    déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

    • ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

    • dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

    2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

    dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

    dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

    dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

    3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw
    4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

    ¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

    5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

    dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

    ¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

    6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

    ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

    7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

    una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

    8) (=tener como resultado)
    9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

    las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

    este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

    tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

    10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

    ¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

    11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

    doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

    lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

    12)
    - estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale
    - a mí no me la das
    - ¡ahí te las den todas!

    para dar y tomar —

    tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=entregar) to give

    dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

    2) (=entrar)

    si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

    3) (=importar)

    ¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

    ¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

    ¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

    lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

    me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

    4) [seguido de preposición]
    dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face

    mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden

    darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick

    dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

    darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

    ¡dale! — hit him!

    dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with

    al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

    • dar [consigo] en — to end up in

    dar contra (=golpear) to hit dar de

    • dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

    • dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

    • dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

    dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with

    • dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

    darle a algn por hacer algo dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for

    una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( entregar) to give

    500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

    2) (regalar, donar) to give

    ¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

    tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

    3) <cartas/mano> to deal
    4)
    a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give
    b) (Mús) to give

    ¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

    5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give
    6)
    a) ( aplicar) to give
    b) <sedante/masaje> to give
    7)
    a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

    nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

    b) (RPl) ( calcular)

    ¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

    8)
    a) (expresar, decir)

    ¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

    dales saludos — give/send them my regards

    me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

    b) (señalar, indicar)

    me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

    9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

    esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

    10)
    a) ( rendir)

    ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

    ¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

    da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

    11) (causar, provocar)

    estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

    este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

    dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

    12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

    13)
    a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold
    b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make
    c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

    dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

    dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

    dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

    15) ( considerar)

    dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent

    2.
    dar vi
    1)
    a) ( entregar)

    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

    ¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

    b) ( en naipes) to deal
    2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

    dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

    a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto
    b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face
    c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

    5) ( importar)

    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

    ¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

    6)
    a) (pegar, golpear)

    darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

    le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

    b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

    darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

    c) ( acertar) to hit

    dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

    7) (accionar, mover)

    darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

    8)

    dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

    dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

    b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

    dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

    9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with
    10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

    11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

    darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

    le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

    12) sol/viento/luz
    3.
    1) darse v pron
    2) ( producirse) to grow
    3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise
    4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

    5)
    a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

    darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

    b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)
    6)

    me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

    b) (golpearse, pegarse)

    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

    c) (recípr)

    se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

    darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

    * * *
    = allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.
    Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.
    Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.
    Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.
    Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.
    Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.
    ----
    * acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.
    * antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * da la casualidad = as it happens.
    * dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dando sacudidas = jerkily.
    * dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.
    * dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.
    * dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.
    * dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.
    * dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar abasto = cope.
    * dar abasto con = cope with.
    * dar acceso = provide + access.
    * dar acceso a = give + access to.
    * dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.
    * dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * dar agua = lose + water, leak.
    * dar a la calle = give onto + the street.
    * dar a la caza de = chase down.
    * dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.
    * dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.
    * dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.
    * dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * dar asco = stink, disgust.
    * dar aullidos = caterwaul.
    * dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.
    * dar bandazos = lurch.
    * dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.
    * dar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.
    * dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * dar caladas = puff.
    * dar calidad = deliver + value.
    * dar caprichos = pamper.
    * dar cera = wax.
    * dar chillidos = shriek.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.
    * dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * dar comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.
    * dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.
    * dar conferencia = lecture.
    * dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.
    * dar consentimiento = give + licence.
    * dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar con una solución = come up with + solution.
    * dar coraje = peeve.
    * dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.
    * dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.
    * dar crédito = give + credence.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar cuenta = render + an account of.
    * dar cuenta de = account for.
    * dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.
    * dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar datos de = give + details of.
    * dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.
    * dar de baja = take out of + circulation.
    * dar de cara a = front.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dar de lleno = hit + home.
    * dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.
    * dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar de quilla = keel over.
    * dar derecho a = entitle to.
    * dar descanso de = give + relief from.
    * dar de sí = stretch out.
    * dar detalles de = give + details of.
    * dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.
    * dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.
    * dar dirección = lend + direction.
    * dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.
    * dar duro = pack + a wallop.
    * dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.
    * dar ejemplo de = illustrate.
    * dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.
    * dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.
    * dar el esquinazo = dodge.
    * dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.
    * dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.
    * dar el nombre = label.
    * dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.
    * dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * dar empujones = shove.
    * dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.
    * dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.
    * dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.
    * dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.
    * dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].
    * dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.
    * dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.
    * dar en garantía = pawn.
    * dar en la diana = hit + home.
    * dar en mano = hand (over).
    * dar entrada = enter.
    * dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.
    * dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.
    * dar estímulo = provide + boost.
    * dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.
    * dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.
    * dar fe = attest, certify.
    * dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.
    * dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar forma cuadrada = square.
    * dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.
    * dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.
    * dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.
    * dar golpes = pound.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar guerra = act up, play up.
    * dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * dar hipo = hiccup.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.
    * dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.
    * dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.
    * dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.
    * dar indicios de = show + signs of.
    * dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.
    * dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.
    * dar información adicional = give + further details.
    * dar información de = give + details of.
    * dar interés = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar la alarma = sound + alarm.
    * dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.
    * dar la bienvenida = welcome.
    * dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.
    * dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.
    * dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.
    * dar la espalda = turn + aside.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * dar la imagen = give + the impression that.
    * dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.
    * dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.
    * dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.
    * dar la la lata = nag (at).
    * dar la lata = play up.
    * dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.
    * dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar la murga = be a pest.
    * dar la noticia = give + the news.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar la oportunidad = give + chance.
    * dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.
    * dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.
    * dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.
    * dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar la sensación = give + a sense.
    * dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.
    * dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.
    * dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.
    * dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.
    * dar latigazos = lash.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.
    * dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.
    * dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.
    * darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a la botella = booze.
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.
    * darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * darle al palique = gas.
    * darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.
    * darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.
    * darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.
    * dar lecciones = give + lessons.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle el puntillazo = nail it.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * darle largas = play + Nombre + along.
    * darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).
    * darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.
    * darle una lección a Alguien = school.
    * darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.
    * darle un repaso a Alguien = school.
    * darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.
    * darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.
    * dar libertad = give + licence.
    * dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.
    * dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar mala impresión = look + bad.
    * dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * dar masaje = massage.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).
    * dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * dar muestras de = show + signs of.
    * dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.
    * dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar opción = give + option.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.
    * dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar parte de = report.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.
    * dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.
    * dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar pisotones = stomp.
    * dar pistas = throw + hints.
    * dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.
    * dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.
    * dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.
    * dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.
    * dar por saldado = close + the book on.
    * dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.
    * dar por sentado = take for + granted.
    * dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar preferencia = give + preference.
    * dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.
    * dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].
    * dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.
    * dar problemas = play up.
    * dar propina = tipping.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.
    * dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.
    * dar punzadas = throb, twinge.
    * dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * dar quehacer = make + trouble.
    * dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar recompensa = mete out + reward.
    * dar registro = accession.
    * dar relevancia = give + relevance.
    * dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.
    * dar resoplidos = chug.
    * dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.
    * dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.
    * dar resultados = produce + results.
    * dar rienda suelta = unleash.
    * dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.
    * dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.
    * dar riqueza a = add + richness to.
    * dar risitas = giggle.
    * dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar salida a = vent.
    * dar saltitos = hop, skip.
    * dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.
    * darse = appear, occur.
    * darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.
    * darse aires = strut.
    * darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.
    * darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.
    * darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.
    * darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.
    * darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.
    * darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.
    * darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * darse el lote = snog, neck.
    * darse el lujo de = splurge on.
    * darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.
    * dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.
    * dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de = show + signs of.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.
    * darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.
    * darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.
    * darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.
    * dar servicio = service.
    * darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.
    * darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.
    * darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.
    * darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.
    * darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un festín de = feast on.
    * darse un garbeo = mosey.
    * darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.
    * darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.
    * dar significado = imbue with + meaning.
    * dar sombra = shade.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.
    * dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.
    * dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.
    * dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.
    * dar título = title.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar tono = tone.
    * dar trabajo = present + burden.
    * dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.
    * dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.
    * dar una azotaina = spank.
    * dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.
    * dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.
    * dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.
    * dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.
    * dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.
    * dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.
    * dar una cornada = gore.
    * dar una excusa = give + excuse.
    * dar una explicación = present + explanation.
    * dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * dar una galleta = slap.
    * dar una guantada = slap.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.
    * dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.
    * dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.
    * dar una lección de humildad = humble.
    * dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.
    * dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.
    * dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.
    * dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.
    * dar una patada = kick, boot.
    * dar una pista = give + a hint.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.
    * dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.
    * dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.
    * dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.
    * dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.
    * dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.
    * dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.
    * dar una torta = slap.
    * dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una tunda = trounce.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una visión general = give + a general picture.
    * dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.
    * dar un aviso = make + warning.
    * dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una voz = holler.
    * dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.
    * dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.
    * dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.
    * dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.
    * dar un calambre = cramp.
    * dar un chillido = holler.
    * dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar un coscorrón = cuff.
    * dar un ejemplo = give + example.
    * dar un empujón = give + a boost.
    * dar un golpe = knock.
    * dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * dar un guantazo = slap.
    * dar un hachazo = hack.
    * dar un hervor = parboil.
    * dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].
    * dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.
    * dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.
    * dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar unos azotes = spank.
    * dar un paseo = take + a stroll.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( entregar) to give

    500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

    2) (regalar, donar) to give

    ¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

    tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

    3) <cartas/mano> to deal
    4)
    a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give
    b) (Mús) to give

    ¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

    5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give
    6)
    a) ( aplicar) to give
    b) <sedante/masaje> to give
    7)
    a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

    nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

    b) (RPl) ( calcular)

    ¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

    8)
    a) (expresar, decir)

    ¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

    dales saludos — give/send them my regards

    me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

    b) (señalar, indicar)

    me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

    9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

    esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

    10)
    a) ( rendir)

    ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

    ¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

    da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

    11) (causar, provocar)

    estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

    este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

    dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

    12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

    13)
    a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold
    b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make
    c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

    dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

    dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

    dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

    15) ( considerar)

    dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent

    2.
    dar vi
    1)
    a) ( entregar)

    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

    ¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

    b) ( en naipes) to deal
    2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

    dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

    a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto
    b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face
    c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

    5) ( importar)

    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

    ¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

    6)
    a) (pegar, golpear)

    darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

    le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

    b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

    darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

    c) ( acertar) to hit

    dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

    7) (accionar, mover)

    darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

    8)

    dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

    dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

    b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

    dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

    9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with
    10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

    11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

    darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

    le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

    12) sol/viento/luz
    3.
    1) darse v pron
    2) ( producirse) to grow
    3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise
    4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

    5)
    a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

    darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

    b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)
    6)

    me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

    b) (golpearse, pegarse)

    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

    c) (recípr)

    se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

    darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

    * * *
    = allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

    Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.
    Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.
    Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.
    Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.
    Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.
    * acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.
    * antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * da la casualidad = as it happens.
    * dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dando sacudidas = jerkily.
    * dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.
    * dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.
    * dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.
    * dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.
    * dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar abasto = cope.
    * dar abasto con = cope with.
    * dar acceso = provide + access.
    * dar acceso a = give + access to.
    * dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.
    * dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * dar agua = lose + water, leak.
    * dar a la calle = give onto + the street.
    * dar a la caza de = chase down.
    * dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.
    * dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.
    * dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.
    * dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * dar asco = stink, disgust.
    * dar aullidos = caterwaul.
    * dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.
    * dar bandazos = lurch.
    * dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.
    * dar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.
    * dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * dar caladas = puff.
    * dar calidad = deliver + value.
    * dar caprichos = pamper.
    * dar cera = wax.
    * dar chillidos = shriek.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.
    * dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * dar comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.
    * dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.
    * dar conferencia = lecture.
    * dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.
    * dar consentimiento = give + licence.
    * dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar con una solución = come up with + solution.
    * dar coraje = peeve.
    * dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.
    * dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.
    * dar crédito = give + credence.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar cuenta = render + an account of.
    * dar cuenta de = account for.
    * dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.
    * dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar datos de = give + details of.
    * dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.
    * dar de baja = take out of + circulation.
    * dar de cara a = front.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dar de lleno = hit + home.
    * dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.
    * dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar de quilla = keel over.
    * dar derecho a = entitle to.
    * dar descanso de = give + relief from.
    * dar de sí = stretch out.
    * dar detalles de = give + details of.
    * dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.
    * dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.
    * dar dirección = lend + direction.
    * dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.
    * dar duro = pack + a wallop.
    * dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.
    * dar ejemplo de = illustrate.
    * dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.
    * dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.
    * dar el esquinazo = dodge.
    * dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.
    * dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.
    * dar el nombre = label.
    * dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.
    * dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * dar empujones = shove.
    * dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.
    * dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.
    * dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.
    * dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.
    * dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].
    * dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.
    * dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.
    * dar en garantía = pawn.
    * dar en la diana = hit + home.
    * dar en mano = hand (over).
    * dar entrada = enter.
    * dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.
    * dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.
    * dar estímulo = provide + boost.
    * dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.
    * dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.
    * dar fe = attest, certify.
    * dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.
    * dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar forma cuadrada = square.
    * dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.
    * dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.
    * dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.
    * dar golpes = pound.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar guerra = act up, play up.
    * dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * dar hipo = hiccup.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.
    * dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.
    * dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.
    * dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.
    * dar indicios de = show + signs of.
    * dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.
    * dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.
    * dar información adicional = give + further details.
    * dar información de = give + details of.
    * dar interés = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar la alarma = sound + alarm.
    * dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.
    * dar la bienvenida = welcome.
    * dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.
    * dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.
    * dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.
    * dar la espalda = turn + aside.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * dar la imagen = give + the impression that.
    * dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.
    * dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.
    * dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.
    * dar la la lata = nag (at).
    * dar la lata = play up.
    * dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.
    * dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar la murga = be a pest.
    * dar la noticia = give + the news.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar la oportunidad = give + chance.
    * dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.
    * dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.
    * dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.
    * dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar la sensación = give + a sense.
    * dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.
    * dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.
    * dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.
    * dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.
    * dar latigazos = lash.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.
    * dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.
    * dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.
    * darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a la botella = booze.
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.
    * darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * darle al palique = gas.
    * darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.
    * darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.
    * darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.
    * dar lecciones = give + lessons.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle el puntillazo = nail it.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * darle largas = play + Nombre + along.
    * darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).
    * darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.
    * darle una lección a Alguien = school.
    * darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.
    * darle un repaso a Alguien = school.
    * darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.
    * darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.
    * dar libertad = give + licence.
    * dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.
    * dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar mala impresión = look + bad.
    * dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * dar masaje = massage.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).
    * dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * dar muestras de = show + signs of.
    * dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.
    * dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar opción = give + option.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.
    * dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar parte de = report.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.
    * dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.
    * dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar pisotones = stomp.
    * dar pistas = throw + hints.
    * dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.
    * dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.
    * dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.
    * dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.
    * dar por saldado = close + the book on.
    * dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.
    * dar por sentado = take for + granted.
    * dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar preferencia = give + preference.
    * dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.
    * dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].
    * dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.
    * dar problemas = play up.
    * dar propina = tipping.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.
    * dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.
    * dar punzadas = throb, twinge.
    * dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * dar quehacer = make + trouble.
    * dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar recompensa = mete out + reward.
    * dar registro = accession.
    * dar relevancia = give + relevance.
    * dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.
    * dar resoplidos = chug.
    * dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.
    * dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.
    * dar resultados = produce + results.
    * dar rienda suelta = unleash.
    * dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.
    * dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.
    * dar riqueza a = add + richness to.
    * dar risitas = giggle.
    * dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar salida a = vent.
    * dar saltitos = hop, skip.
    * dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.
    * darse = appear, occur.
    * darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.
    * darse aires = strut.
    * darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.
    * darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.
    * darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.
    * darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.
    * darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.
    * darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.
    * darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * darse el lote = snog, neck.
    * darse el lujo de = splurge on.
    * darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.
    * dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.
    * dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de = show + signs of.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.
    * darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.
    * darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.
    * darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.
    * dar servicio = service.
    * darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.
    * darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.
    * darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.
    * darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.
    * darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un festín de = feast on.
    * darse un garbeo = mosey.
    * darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.
    * darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.
    * dar significado = imbue with + meaning.
    * dar sombra = shade.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.
    * dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.
    * dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.
    * dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.
    * dar título = title.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar tono = tone.
    * dar trabajo = present + burden.
    * dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.
    * dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.
    * dar una azotaina = spank.
    * dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.
    * dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.
    * dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.
    * dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.
    * dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.
    * dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.
    * dar una cornada = gore.
    * dar una excusa = give + excuse.
    * dar una explicación = present + explanation.
    * dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * dar una galleta = slap.
    * dar una guantada = slap.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.
    * dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.
    * dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.
    * dar una lección de humildad = humble.
    * dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.
    * dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.
    * dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.
    * dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.
    * dar una patada = kick, boot.
    * dar una pista = give + a hint.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.
    * dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.
    * dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.
    * dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.
    * dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.
    * dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.
    * dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.
    * dar una torta = slap.
    * dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una tunda = trounce.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una visión general = give + a general picture.
    * dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.
    * dar un aviso = make + warning.
    * dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una voz = holler.
    * dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.
    * dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.
    * dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.
    * dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.
    * dar un calambre = cramp.
    * dar un chillido = holler.
    * dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar un coscorrón = cuff.
    * dar un ejemplo = give + example.
    * dar un empujón = give + a boost.
    * dar un golpe = knock.
    * dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * dar un guantazo = slap.
    * dar un hachazo = hack.
    * dar un hervor = parboil.
    * dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].
    * dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.
    * dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.
    * dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar unos azotes = spank.
    * dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

    * * *
    dar [ A25 ]
    ■ dar (verbo transitivo)
    A entregar
    B regalar, donar
    C en naipes
    D
    1 proporcionar
    2 Música
    E conferir, aportar
    F
    1 aplicar capa de barniz etc
    2 dar: inyección etc
    G
    1 conceder prórroga etc
    2 atribuir
    3 pronosticando duración
    4 dar: edad, años
    H
    1 expresar, decir
    2 señalar, indicar
    A producir
    B rendir, alcanzar hasta
    C causar, provocar
    D arruinar, fastidiar
    A presentar
    B ofrecer, celebrar
    C dar: conferencia
    A realizar la acción indicada
    B dar: limpiada etc
    Sentido V considerar
    ■ dar (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 entregar
    2 en naipes
    B ser suficiente, alcanzar
    C
    1 dar a: puerta etc
    2 llegar hasta
    3 estar orientado hacia
    D comunicar
    E arrojar un resultado
    F importar
    A
    1 pegar, golpear
    2 darle a algo: tarea
    3 darle a algo: hacer uso de
    4 acertar
    B
    1 darle a algo: accionar
    2 mover
    C
    1 indicando insistencia
    2 instando a alguien a hacer algo
    D dar con
    A acometer, sobrevenir
    B
    1 darle a alguien por algo
    2 darle a alguien con algo
    C dar en
    D dar: sol, viento, luz
    E acabar
    ■ darse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B ocurrir
    C resultar
    A dedicarse, entregarse
    B tratarse, ser sociable
    A realizar la acción indicada
    B
    1 golpearse, pegarse
    2 darse (de) golpes
    3 darse (de) patadas etc
    Sentido IV considerarse
    vt
    A (entregar) to give
    dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys
    se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime
    dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me
    deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?
    500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?
    dar algo A + INF:
    da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her
    comer1 vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender1 vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar
    B (regalar, donar) to give
    ¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it
    a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything
    daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case
    donde las dan las toman two can play at that game
    estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)
    con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)
    para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them
    C (en naipes) to deal
    ¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand
    D
    1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give
    sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me
    eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book
    me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice
    mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education
    es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing
    pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information
    2 ( Música) to give
    ¿me das el la? can you give me an A?
    E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give
    las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square
    les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends
    necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning
    F
    1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give
    dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint
    hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor
    dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it
    2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give
    G
    1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give
    te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday
    ¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?
    si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us
    el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday
    dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms
    nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize
    al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma
    2
    (atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it
    yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way
    tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right
    no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live
    no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together
    4
    ( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?
    yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28
    H
    1
    (expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?
    no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello
    dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards
    tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences
    me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion
    le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you
    ¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?
    me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order
    han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated
    2
    (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged
    el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five
    A
    (producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield
    esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat
    esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business
    esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%
    los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit
    no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child
    B
    (rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?
    da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour
    ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him
    el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    C
    (causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty
    ¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?
    el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy
    me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad
    ¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!
    me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own
    este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble
    ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:
    el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden
    los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work
    lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about
    D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin
    Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel
    A
    (presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)
    en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida
    ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón
    va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month
    deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself
    B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold
    C ‹conferencia› to give
    dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam
    ver tb clase1 f E. (↑ clase (1))
    A
    (realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué
    estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film
    dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh
    dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward
    (+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug
    me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair
    dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb
    dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up
    B
    ‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do
    hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping
    quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again
    Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:
    lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead
    doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed
    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic
    si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye
    ¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!
    si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent
    ■ dar
    vi
    A
    1
    (entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you
    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you
    ¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?
    2 (en naipes) to deal
    te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal
    B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:
    este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals
    con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round
    da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours
    (+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that
    no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics
    no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time
    dar de sí to stretch
    me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give
    ¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!
    ¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!
    el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop
    no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with
    yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time
    ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground
    estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)
    1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to
    la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street
    todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard
    2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to
    la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach
    3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face
    la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south
    la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea
    D
    ( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?
    en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco
    E
    (arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?
    a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?
    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative
    F
    (importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind
    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me
    la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter
    ¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?
    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)
    no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever
    A
    1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head
    dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard
    ¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)
    le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler
    cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating
    2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:
    me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)
    vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass
    quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go
    3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:
    ¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)
    ¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)
    ¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!
    4 (acertar) to hit
    dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye
    B
    1 (accionar) darle A algo:
    le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch
    le di a la manivela I turned the handle
    dale al pedal press the pedal
    tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key
    2 (mover) (+ compl):
    dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)
    estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet
    ¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?
    ¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning
    yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it
    2
    ( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely
    dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me
    por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him
    creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution
    cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word
    A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le dio un mareo she felt dizzy
    le dio un infarto he had a heart attack
    como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)
    ¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!
    me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)
    B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)
    1 darle a algn POR algo:
    le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more
    le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking
    le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga
    ¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!
    darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now
    ¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it
    cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her
    2 darle a algn CON algo:
    le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me
    (tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men
    ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head
    lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'
    D
    «sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here
    siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun
    en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach
    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    E
    (acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden
    ¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?
    ■ darse
    A (producirse) to grow
    en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area
    B
    (ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur
    para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions
    ¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)
    C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages
    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?
    A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:
    se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)
    se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up
    se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause
    B
    ( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family
    A ( refl)
    (realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower
    vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast
    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot
    va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny
    ¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me
    no te las des de listo don't act so smart
    B
    1
    (golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer
    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling
    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree
    se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back
    se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)
    2 ( refl):
    darse (de) golpes to hit oneself
    ¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!
    3 ( recípr):
    se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street
    Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:
    con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that
    no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it
    puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed
    no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know
    aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)
    * * *

     

    dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
    1


    déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
    See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
    b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

    2
    a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;


    b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

    ‹información/idea› to give
    3
    a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

    b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

    c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

    4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;

    nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
    5
    a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

    ◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

    dales saludos give/send them my regards;
    tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;


    1
    a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

    ‹ dividendos› to pay;

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

    ◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

    venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
    ‹ problemas› to cause;

    el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
    1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
    ◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
    2
    a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

    ‹baile/banquete› to hold;
    ‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
    b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

    ver tb clase 4
    ( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;

    dame un beso give me a kiss;
    ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
    ( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:

    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
    ¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
    verbo intransitivo
    1


    [ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
    [fachada/frente] to face
    2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;

    dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
    3 ( arrojar un resultado):

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
    a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
    4 ( importar):

    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    ¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
    me da igual I don't mind
    5 ( en naipes) to deal
    1
    a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

    ( como castigo) to smack sb;

    el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post


    2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
    ‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
    ‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
    3


    ‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
    ‹ palabra› to come up with
    4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
    ◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

    5 [sol/luz]:

    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    darse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
    2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
    3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

    a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

    ◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

    dárselas de listo to act smart
    b) (golpearse, pegarse):


    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
    se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
    ( considerarse) darse por algo:

    ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
    dar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
    2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
    le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
    3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
    (un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
    dar las gracias, to thank
    4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
    5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
    6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
    (fruto, flores) to bear
    (beneficio, interés) to give, yield
    7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
    (un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
    le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
    8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
    9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
    (impartir clases) to teach
    (recibir una clase) to have
    US to take
    10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
    11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
    12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
    (del gas, agua) to turn on
    13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
    14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
    (un masaje, medicamento) to give
    15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
    ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
    dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
    16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
    17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
    dar un paseo, to go for a walk
    dar una voz, to give a shout
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
    2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
    (una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
    dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
    ♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
    le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
    dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
    dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
    dar que hablar, to set people talking
    dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
    dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
    ' dar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abasto
    - abrigar
    - acelerón
    - acertar
    - acogerse
    - acomodar
    - acreditar
    - admitir
    - aflojar
    - agradecer
    - alarma
    - albergue
    - alcance
    - alerta
    - alimentar
    - alojamiento
    - alta
    - amagar
    - apetecer
    - apurar
    - armar
    - asesorar
    - atinar
    - baño
    - batalla
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bola
    - bote
    - brazo
    - brinco
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabezada
    - cabida
    - cada
    - calabaza
    - calentar
    - callar
    - callada
    - callo
    - campanada
    - cancha
    - cante
    - cara
    - carpetazo
    - carrete
    - casar
    - chivatazo
    - citar
    English:
    about-face
    - about-turn
    - act up
    - advance
    - amplify
    - announce
    - around
    - attach
    - attest
    - back
    - backpedal
    - barge into
    - bear
    - beat
    - beat up
    - beg
    - begrudge
    - birth
    - block
    - bluster
    - bolster
    - bop
    - boss about
    - boss around
    - bother
    - bounce
    - bound
    - breast-feed
    - brief
    - buff
    - bull's-eye
    - butt
    - call
    - chase down
    - checkmate
    - cheer
    - chime
    - circle
    - clout
    - coach
    - come across
    - credence
    - day
    - deal
    - death
    - deliver
    - deposit
    - direct
    - discharge
    - disgust
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;
    dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;
    da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;
    dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;
    ¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;
    se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;
    daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking
    2. [pagar] to give;
    [ofrecer en pago] to offer;
    ¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;
    el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;
    300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?
    3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;
    la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;
    este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;
    le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;
    no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;
    le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;
    su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university
    4. [conceder] to give;
    le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;
    le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;
    yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;
    al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;
    le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;
    me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;
    ¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;
    nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;
    los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);
    ¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?
    5. [decir]
    dar los buenos días to say hello;
    le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;
    fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;
    dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;
    dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;
    me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;
    ¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?
    6. [producir] to give, to produce;
    [frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
    estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;
    esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;
    esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;
    le dio tres hijos she bore him three children
    7. [provocar] to give;
    me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;
    me da risa it makes me laugh;
    me da miedo it frightens me;
    ¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;
    me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;
    el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;
    da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;
    los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;
    este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;
    estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm
    8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
    [suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
    9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;
    dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;
    darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding
    10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal
    11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;
    el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve
    12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
    [concierto, interpretación] to give;
    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;
    dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live
    13. [propinar]
    le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;
    dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;
    darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb
    14. [untar con, aplicar]
    dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;
    dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair
    15. [señales, indicios] to show;
    dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;
    dar señales de vida to show signs of life
    16. [enseñar] to teach;
    [conferencia] to give;
    dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;
    dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;
    mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow
    17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;
    doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;
    doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week
    18. [expresa acción]
    dar un grito to give a cry;
    dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;
    dar un vistazo a to have a look at;
    dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;
    cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;
    voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk
    19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;
    es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;
    el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep
    20. [considerar]
    dar algo por to consider sth as;
    eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;
    doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;
    doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;
    doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;
    dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead
    21. Fam [presentir]
    me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come
    22. RP [inyección] to give
    23. Comp
    donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;
    no dar una to get everything wrong
    ♦ vi
    1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;
    me toca dar a mí it's my deal
    2. [entregar]
    dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it
    3. [horas] to strike;
    dieron las tres three o'clock struck
    4. [golpear]
    le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;
    la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;
    como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you
    5. [accionar]
    dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
    [botón, timbre] to press;
    dale al control remoto hit the remote control;
    dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
    Informát
    dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;
    dale a la manivela turn the handle
    6. [estar orientado]
    dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
    [sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
    todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea
    7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
    el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;
    la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;
    aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here
    8. [encontrar]
    dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;
    he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution
    9. [proporcionar]
    dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;
    da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son
    10. [ser suficiente]
    dar para to be enough for;
    no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!
    11. [motivar]
    esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;
    aquello me dio que pensar that made me think
    12. [importar]
    ¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;
    me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;
    no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;
    y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;
    ¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;
    lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;
    ¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference
    13. [acertar]
    dio en el blanco she hit the target;
    diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses
    14. [tomar costumbre]
    le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;
    ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;
    le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;
    ¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
    Formal
    dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;
    el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry
    15. [expresa repetición]
    le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks
    16. [afectar]
    le dio un infarto he had a heart attack
    17.
    dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;
    no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;
    este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;
    estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;
    es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else
    18. [expresa enfado]
    te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;
    ¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;
    te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;
    ¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going
    19. RP [comunicar]
    ¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;
    le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde
    20. Comp
    Fam
    para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
    Fam
    darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
    Fam
    darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;
    si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
    Esp muy Fam
    ¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!
    * * *
    <part dado>
    I v/t
    1 give; fiesta give, have;
    dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;
    dar miedo a frighten;
    el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;
    dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink
    2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield
    3 película show, screen
    4
    :
    el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three
    5
    :
    ¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;
    y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on
    II v/i
    1 give; de cartas en juego deal;
    dame give it to me, give me it
    2
    :
    dar a de ventana look onto
    3
    :
    dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;
    no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name
    4
    :
    dar de sí de material stretch, give;
    dar para be enough for;
    no da para más it’s past its best
    5
    :
    le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother
    6
    :
    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    da igual it doesn’t matter
    7
    :
    en algo hit sth;
    el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes
    8
    :
    dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead
    9
    :
    dar que hablar give people something to talk about;
    da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about
    * * *
    dar {22} vt
    1) : to give
    2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over
    3) : to hit, to strike
    4) : to yield, to produce
    5) : to perform
    6) : to give off, to emit
    7)
    dar por : to regard as, to consider
    dar vi
    1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough
    no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares
    2)
    dar a or
    dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on
    3)
    dar con : to run into
    4)
    dar con : to hit upon (an idea)
    5)
    dar de sí : to give, to stretch
    * * *
    dar vb
    1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?
    ¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?
    5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have
    6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]
    7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have
    8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]
    9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]
    10. (encender, conectar) to turn on
    ¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?
    11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]
    12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight
    dar a to overlook / to look onto
    dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]
    dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]
    dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]
    dar igual not to matter / not to mind

    Spanish-English dictionary > dar

  • 16 acompañante

    adj.
    1 accompanying, attending, attendant.
    2 associated, concomitant, secondary.
    f. & m.
    1 companion, chaperone, chaperon, escort.
    2 accompanist, accompanyist, person who plays the musical accompaniment.
    * * *
    1 accompanying
    1 companion, escort
    2 MÚSICA accompanist
    * * *
    noun mf.
    * * *
    SMF (=que acompaña) companion, escort; (Mús) accompanist
    * * *
    masculino y femenino
    b) (Mús) accompanist
    * * *
    masculino y femenino
    b) (Mús) accompanist
    * * *
    acompañante1
    1 = chaperon, accompanying person.

    Ex: Apart from the tale that babies are found under gooseberry bushes, to 'play gooseberry' was to act as a chaperon, or be an unwanted third presence when lovers wanted to be alone.

    Ex: Patients who attended with a spouse/partner/carer/family member indicated it was helpful to them and the accompanying person.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * servicio de acompañante = escort service.
    * viajar de acompañante = ride + shotgun.

    acompañante2

    Ex: When they walk down the street, you can hear them jingling and stomping their feet to the sounds of the accompanying drummer.

    * instrumento acompañante = accompanying executant.

    * * *
    1
    (compañero): los acompañantes por favor esperen aquí would all those accompanying the children ( o patients etc) please wait here?
    se ha convertido en asiduo acompañante de la actriz he has become a constant companion of the actress
    no necesito acompañante I don't need anyone to go with me
    2 ( Mús) accompanist
    * * *

    acompañante mf companion
    ' acompañante' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    toda
    - todo
    - carabina
    English:
    escort
    - pose
    - accompanist
    - chaperon
    * * *
    companion;
    los acompañantes no pueden entrar al quirófano anyone accompanying a patient may not be present in the operating Br theatre o US room;
    acudió a la gala del brazo de su último acompañante she arrived at the gala arm in arm with her latest companion;
    aunque el conductor resultó herido sus acompañantes salieron ilesos although the driver was injured the other people in the vehicle were unharmed
    * * *
    m/f
    1 companion
    2 MÚS accompanist
    * * *
    1) compañero: companion
    2) : accompanist

    Spanish-English dictionary > acompañante

  • 17 cita

    f.
    1 appointment (entrevista).
    darse cita to meet
    tener una cita to have an appointment
    cita a ciegas blind date
    2 quotation (referencia).
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: citar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: citar.
    * * *
    1 (para negocios, médico, etc) appointment
    2 (amorosa) date
    3 (mención) quotation
    \
    darse cita to meet 2 figurado to come together
    tener una cita to have an appointment, have an engagement
    cita a ciegas blind date
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) appointment, date
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=encuentro)
    a) [con médico, profesional] appointment

    tengo cita con el dentista — I have a dental appointment, I have an appointment at the dentist's

    • concertar una cita — to make an appointment, arrange an appointment

    • pedir cita — to make an appointment

    b) [de novios] date
    2) (=reunión) meeting

    • acudir a una cita — to attend a meeting

    • darse cita — (=quedar citado) to arrange to meet; (=encontrarse) to gather

    • lugar de cita — meeting place

    casa 1)
    3) (=punto de encuentro) event

    • ser cita obligada, este festival es cita obligada para los amantes de la danza — this festival is a must for lovers of dance

    estos días París se convierte en cita obligada para los diseñadores de moda — for these few days, Paris becomes the only place to be for fashion designers

    4) (=mención literal) [de escrito, libro] quotation; [de parte de discurso, declaraciones] quote

    "es intolerable" (cita textual de un compañero de la oficina) — "it's intolerable", as a colleague from work said, in the words of a colleague from work, "it's intolerable"

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( con profesional) appointment
    b) (con novio, amigo)

    tengo una cita con mi novio/con un amigo — I have a date with my boyfriend/I'm going out with a friend

    faltó or no acudió a la cita — he didn't show up

    c) (period) ( reunión) meeting

    darse cita: se dieron cita en la estación they arranged to meet at the station; cientos de famosos se dieron cita en el estreno — (period) hundreds of celebrities were gathered at the premiere

    2) (en texto, discurso) quote

    una cita de Cervantes — a quotation o quote from Cervantes

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( con profesional) appointment
    b) (con novio, amigo)

    tengo una cita con mi novio/con un amigo — I have a date with my boyfriend/I'm going out with a friend

    faltó or no acudió a la cita — he didn't show up

    c) (period) ( reunión) meeting

    darse cita: se dieron cita en la estación they arranged to meet at the station; cientos de famosos se dieron cita en el estreno — (period) hundreds of celebrities were gathered at the premiere

    2) (en texto, discurso) quote

    una cita de Cervantes — a quotation o quote from Cervantes

    * * *
    cita1
    1 = appointment, engagement, rendezvous.

    Ex: Dexter Rundle went on: 'As I said I'm late for an appointment and have to go, but tell Ms. Lachaise that I'll be in touch with her'.

    Ex: The library services person will then give you the author's address, if he does accept engagements, or, often, make a preliminary inquiry for you.
    Ex: She decided to have a cup of coffee in the library's cafeteria before her rendezvous with Edmonds.
    * concertar una cita = make + appointment.
    * lugar de cita = meeting ground.
    * reservar cita = book + time.

    cita2
    2 = date, tryst.

    Ex: The article 'A date with progress' explains the benefits to librarians and users of having the publication date of a book added to its Dewey Decimal Classification number.

    Ex: Two dangerous trysts are spied upon by a third and hostile party, whose presence is detected by the lovers who act in consort to outwit him.
    * cita a ciegas = blind date.
    * cita con un extraño = blind date.
    * primera cita = first date.
    * tener una cita = date.
    * violación cometida por la persona con quien se ha tenido una cita = date rape.

    cita3
    3 = quote.

    Ex: Kilgour, from whom the above quote is taken, believes that with such catalogues 'it will not be necessary to have extensive descriptive cataloging rule systems'.

    * cita textual = quotation, sic.
    * mapa de citas = citation map.

    cita4
    4 = source reference, citing habit, cite.

    Ex: Longer titles since each title can occupy only one line will be truncated and only brief source references are included.

    Ex: This parallelism suggests similar citing habits of scientists in the fields studied.
    Ex: It is much better to err in terms oftoo many cites than it is to err on the side of too few citations.
    * análisis de citas = citation analysis.
    * bibliometría sobre citas = citation bibliometry.
    * búsqueda de citas = citation search.
    * cita bibliográfica = citation, document citation, reference citation.
    * cita bibliográfica falsa = bibliographic ghost.
    * cita bibliográfica ficticia = bibliographic ghost.
    * citas máximas = maximum citation.
    * edad de la cita = citation age.
    * encadenamiento de citas = citation chain, chain of citation.
    * enlace cita = backlink.
    * frecuencia de cita = citation rate.
    * impacto de citas = citation impact.
    * indicador de citas = citation indicator.
    * Indice de Citas = citation index, Citation Index.
    * Indice de Citas de Ciencia (SCI) = Science Citation Index (SCI).
    * Indice de Citas de las Ciencias Sociales (SCI) = Social Sciences Citation Index (SSCI).
    * índice invertido de las citas bibliográficas = citation dictionary.
    * libro de citas = citator.
    * número de citas = number of citations.
    * obra fuente de la cita = citing work.
    * obtener una cita bibliográfica = glean + citation.
    * orden de cita = citation order, combination order.
    * patrón de cita = citation pattern.

    * * *
    A
    1 (con un profesional) appointment
    el abogado me ha dado cita para el lunes I have an appointment to see the lawyer on Monday
    pedir cita to make an appointment
    llámeme por teléfono para concertar una cita call me to arrange an appointment
    2
    (con un amigo, novio): tengo una cita con mi novio I have a date with o I'm going out with o I'm meeting my boyfriend
    no llegues tarde a la cita don't be late for our rendezvous
    3 ( period) (reunión) meeting
    el embajador acudió a la cita con el presidente the ambassador attended the meeting with the president
    darse cita: se dieron cita en la estación they arranged to meet at the station
    cientos de famosos se dieron cita en el estreno de la obra ( period); hundreds of celebrities came together at the premiere
    Compuestos:
    blind date
    ● citas por computadora or ( Esp) ordenador
    computer dating
    B
    (en un texto, discurso): una cita del diario a quote from the newspaper
    una cita de Cervantes a quotation o ( frml) citation from Cervantes
    * * *

     

    Del verbo citar: ( conjugate citar)

    cita es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cita    
    citar
    cita sustantivo femenino
    1


    concertar una cita to arrange an appointment
    b) (con novio, amigo):

    ◊ tengo una cita con mi novio/con un amigo I have a date with my boyfriend/I'm going out with a friend;

    faltó a la cita he didn't show up (colloq);
    citas por computadora or (Esp) ordenator computer dating
    2 (en texto, discurso) quote;
    ◊ una cita de Cervantes a quotation o quote from Cervantes

    citar ( conjugate citar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( dar una cita) [doctor/jefe de personal] to give … an appointment;


    b) ( convocar):


    c) (Der) to summon;


    2

    b) ‹escritor/pasaje› to quote

    citarse verbo pronominal citase con algn to arrange to meet sb;

    cita sustantivo femenino
    1 (para un encuentro formal) appointment: tengo que pedir cita en el dentista, I have to make an appointment with my dentist
    2 (para un encuentro informal) date: llegará tarde, porque tenía una cita, she'll get here late because she had a prior engagement
    3 (de un autor, libro) quotation
    citar verbo transitivo
    1 (dar fecha) to arrange to meet o to make an appointment with
    2 (mencionar, repetir textualmente) to quote: cita a Cervantes dos veces, he quotes Cervantes twice
    3 Jur to summon

    ' cita' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acudir
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - anulación
    - citar
    - compromiso
    - concertar
    - faltar
    - hora
    - les
    - plan
    - señalamiento
    - audiencia
    - cuadrar
    - incumplir
    - plantar
    - textual
    English:
    appointment
    - appt.
    - assignment
    - blind
    - break
    - citation
    - date
    - engagement
    - fix up
    - keep
    - meeting
    - quotation
    - quote
    - rearrange
    - rendezvous
    - reschedule
    - see
    - arrange
    - speed
    - switch
    * * *
    cita nf
    1. [entrevista] [con amigo, doctor, abogado] appointment;
    [de novios] date;
    una cita de negocios a business appointment;
    la próxima cita del equipo le enfrentará a Paraguay the team's next match will be against Paraguay;
    no piensa faltar a la cita anual con los accionistas he fully intends to be at the annual shareholders' meeting;
    acordar una cita to arrange an appointment;
    darse cita [quedar] to arrange to meet;
    [encontrarse] to meet;
    decenas de directores se dan cita anualmente en Cannes scores of directors come together o meet up in Cannes every year;
    faltar a una cita to miss an appointment;
    pedir cita to ask for an appointment;
    tener una cita to have an appointment
    cita a ciegas blind date;
    cita electoral election;
    cita con las urnas: [m5] tener una cita con las urnas to go to the polls;
    en la última cita con las urnas in the last election
    2. [referencia] quotation
    * * *
    f
    1 appointment;
    cita previa prior appointment, previous engagement;
    concertar una cita arrange an appointment;
    darse cita arrange to meet
    2 de texto quote, quotation
    * * *
    cita nf
    1) : quote, quotation
    2) : appointment, date
    * * *
    cita n
    1. (con médico, etc) appointment
    2. (con novio, novia) date
    ¿tienes una cita con Mario? have you got a date with Mario?
    3. (frase) quote / quotation

    Spanish-English dictionary > cita

  • 18 tout

    c black tout, toute [tu, tut]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    (masculine plural tous, feminine plural toutes)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque tout fait partie d'une locution comme en tout cas, tout le temps, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. ( = entier)
       b. ( = unique) only
    • pour tout mobilier, il avait un lit et une table the only furniture he had was a bed and a table
       c. (indéfini)
    ► tout, toute + nom singulier ( = n'importe quel) any
    • pour tout renseignement, téléphoner... for information, ring...► à toute ! (inf) see you later!
    ► tous les, toutes les + nom pluriel ( = chaque) every ; ( = la totalité des) all the
    2. <
    • tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'il est parti all I know is that he's gone
    • l'organisation a tout d'une secte the organization is nothing less than a sect► à tout va (inf) [licencier, investir, recruter] like mad (inf) ; [libéralisme, communication, consommation] unbridled
    • à l'époque, on construisait à tout va at that time there were buildings going up everywhere► en tout ( = au total) in all
    • ça coûte 1 000 € en tout it costs 1,000 euros in all
    • avec les vacances et tout, je n'ai pas eu le temps what with the holidays and all (inf), I didn't have time
    • j'avais préparé le dîner, fait le ménage et tout et tout I'd made the dinner, done the housework and everything► c'est + tout
    • ce sera tout ? will that be all?
    • et ce n'est pas tout ! and that's not all!
    • c'est pas tout ça, mais il est tard (inf) all this is very nice, but it's getting late► ce n'est pas tout de
    • ce n'est pas tout de faire son métier, il faut le faire bien it's not enough just to do your job, you have to do it well
    • cette idée avait surpris et pour tout dire n'avait pas convaincu this idea surprised everybody and, to be honest, wasn't convincing
    c black   b. (pluriel) tous
    • toutes ( = l'ensemble des personnes) all
    • écoutez bien tous ! listen, all of you!
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ✦ The final s of tous is pronounced only when it is a pronoun.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    3. <
       a. ► tout + adjectif ( = très) very ; ( = entièrement) quite
    • toute petite, elle aimait la campagne as a very small child she liked the country► tout (+ en) + nom
    • je suis tout ouïe ! I'm all ears!
       b. ( = déjà) tout prêt
       c. ► tout en + participe présent
       d. (locutions)
    • vous êtes d'accord ? -- tout à fait ! do you agree? -- absolutely!► tout à l'heure ( = plus tard) later ; ( = peu avant) a short while ago
    • tout à l'heure tu as dit que... you said earlier that...
    • à tout à l'heure ! see you later!► tout de suite straightaway
    • ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( = ce n'est pas près d'arriver) it won't happen overnight ; ( = c'est improbable) it's hardly likely to happen
    4. <
       a. ( = ensemble) whole
    • ce n'est pas le tout de s'amuser, il faut travailler there's more to life than enjoying yourself, people have got to work
       c. (locutions)
    • pas du tout ! not at all!
    * * *
    tu
    1.
    toute tut, mpl tous tu adj, tus pron, fpl toutes tut pronom indéfini
    1) tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all

    en tout — ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect

    tout bien compté or pesé or considéré — all in all

    tout est là — fig that's the whole point

    et tout et tout — (colloq) and all that sort of thing

    ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir — it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished

    2) tous tus, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you

    toutes tant qu'elles sont — all of them, each and every one of them


    2.

    bois tout ton lait — drink all your milk, drink up your milk

    c'est tout un travail/événement — it's quite a job/an event

    3) (devant ce qui/que/dont) ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything

    ‘tu en es sûr?’ - ‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ — ‘are you sure?’ - ‘as sure as can be’

    4) ( n'importe quel) any

    à tout moment — ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly

    5) ( total)

    en toute innocence/franchise — in all innocence/honesty

    6) (unique, seul)

    il a souri pour toute réponse — his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply

    en toutes choses — in all things, in everything

    toutes les pages sont déchirées — all the pages are torn, every page is torn

    nous irons tous les deux — both of us will go, we'll both go

    8) ( chaque) tous/toutes les every

    3.
    adverbe (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)
    1) (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all

    tout étonnées/toutes honteuses — very surprised/ashamed

    tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner — as a small child she already liked to draw

    être tout mouillé/sale — to be all wet/dirty

    c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire — it's a different matter altogether

    c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire — it's the very opposite

    avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre — you see everything in black and white

    tout à côté de/contre/en haut — right by/against/at the top

    ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur — they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat

    4) ( d'avance)
    5) ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although
    6) (marquant la concession: quoique)

    tout malin/roi qu'il est, il... — he may be clever/a king, but he...

    je suis tout ouïe — hum I'm all ears


    4.
    du tout locution adverbiale

    (pas) du tout, (point) du tout — not at all


    5.
    nom masculin (pl touts)
    1) ( ensemble)

    former un tout — to make up ou form a whole

    mon tout — ( charade) my whole, my all

    2)

    le tout — ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing

    le tout est de réussir — the main ou most important thing is to succeed

    ce n'est pas le tout! — (colloq) this is no good!


    6.
    Tout- (in compounds)

    le Tout-Paris/-Londres — the Paris/London smart set

    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    ••
    Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal
    1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière générale
    On emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I know
    On emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/group
    tout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole book
    Mais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stay
    Avec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my life
    tout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient
    2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)
    Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier

    ••
    Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal
    1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière générale
    On emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I know
    On emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/group
    tout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole book
    Mais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stay
    Avec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my life
    tout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient
    2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)
    Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier
    * * *
    tu, tut tout, -e tous mpl toutes fpl
    1. adj

    toute la nuit — all night, the whole night

    tout le temps — all the time, the whole time

    c'est toute une affaire; c'est toute une histoire — it's quite a business, it's a whole rigmarole

    2) (avec article pluriel) (= chaque) every, (idée d'intégralité) all

    toutes les deux semaines — every other week, every two weeks

    toutes les trois semaines — every three weeks, every third week

    tous les deux; Nous y sommes allés tous les deux. — We both went., Both of us went.

    Nous y sommes allés tous les trois. — All three of us went.

    Je les ai invités tous les trois. — I invited all three of them.

    3) (sans article) (= n'importe quel)

    à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit — at any time of the day or night, (= seul)

    pour toute nourriture, il avait... — his only food was..., (= chaque)

    de tous côtés; de toutes parts (= de partout) — from everywhere, from every side, (= partout) all around

    2. pron

    tous; toutes — all

    Il a tout fait. — He did everything.

    Il a tout organisé. — He organized everything.

    Je les vois tous. — I can see them all., I can see all of them.

    Je les connais tous. — I know them all., I know all of them.

    Nous y sommes tous allés. — We all went., All of us went.

    Nous y sommes toutes allées. — We all went., All of us went.

    tout de...; Elle a tout d'une mère. — She's a real mother., She's a true mother.

    en tout — all together, altogether

    tout ce que...; tout ce qu'il sait — all he knows

    C'était tout ce qu'il y a de plus chic. — It was the last word in chic., It was the ultimate in chic.

    3. nm

    Ceci forme un tout. — It forms a whole.

    Je prends le tout. — I'll take it all., I'll take the whole lot.

    le tout est de... — the main thing is to...

    4. adv
    1) (= très, complètement) very

    tout près; tout à côté — very near

    Elle habite tout près. — She lives very near.

    le tout premier; la toute première — the very first

    tout seul; toute seule — all alone

    Il est tout seul. — He's all alone.

    Elle est toute seule. — She's all alone.

    Il était tout rouge. — He was all red in the face.

    Elle était toute rouge. — She was all red in the face.

    tout de suite — immediately, straight away

    2)

    tout en... — while...

    Il a fait son travail tout en chantant. — He sang as he worked., He sang while he worked.

    tout à coup; tout d'un coup — suddenly

    tout court; Charles-Henri, pouvez-vous... — Je vous en prie, appelez-moi Charles tout court. — Charles-Henri, could you... — Please, just call me Charles.

    communication par internet, mais aussi communication tout court — communication via the internet, but also simply communication

    tout à l'heure (passé) — just now, a short while ago

    Je l'ai vu tout à l'heure. — I saw him just now., (futur) shortly, in a moment

    Je finirai ça tout à l'heure. — I'll finish it in a moment.

    * * *
    tout ⇒ Note d'usage, toute, mpl tous, fpl toutes
    A pron indéf
    1 tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all; penser à tout to think of everything; tout est prêt everything is ready; le sucre, les graisses, le sel, tout me fait mal sugar, fat, salt, everything is bad for me; être tout pour qn to be everything to sb; tout peut arriver anything can happen; le chien mange (de) tout the dog will eat anything; tout est prétexte à querelle(s) any pretext will do to start a quarrel; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout ou rien all or nothing; tout ou partie de qch all or part of sth; tout va bien all's well, everything's fine; en tout ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect; en tout et pour tout all told; et tout ça parce que/pour and all because/for; tout bien compté or pesé or considéré all in all; tout est là fig that's the whole point; c'est tout dire I need say no more; et tout et tout○ and all that sort of thing; et ce n'est pas tout! and that's not all!; ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished; avoir tout d'un singe/assassin to look just like a monkey/murderer; ⇒ bien, monde, salaire, or;
    2 tous, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you; nous sommes tous des pécheurs we are all sinners; le film n'est pas à la portée de tous the film is not accessible to all; merci à tous thank you all; tous ensemble all together; ce sont tous d'anciens soldats all of them are ou they are all former soldiers; il les a tous cassés he has broken all of them, he's broken them all; il l'a dit devant nous tous he said it in front of all of us; leurs enfants, tous musiciens de talent their children, all of them talented musicians; tous ne sont pas d'accord not all of them agree; toutes tant qu'elles sont all of them, each and every one of them; vous tous qui le connaissez all of you who know him; écoutez-moi tous listen to me, all of you; est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? will it suit everybody ou everyone?
    B adj
    1 ( exprimant la totalité) bois tout ton lait drink all your milk, drink up your milk; tout le reste est à jeter everything else is to be thrown away; manger tout un pain to eat a whole loaf; tout Pompéi a été enseveli the whole of Pompeii was buried; tout Nice se réjouit the whole of ou all Nice rejoiced; il a plu toute la journée it rained all day (long) ou the whole day; pendant toute une année for a whole year; la semaine se passa toute à attendre the whole ou entire week was spent waiting; j'ai passé tout mon dimanche à travailler I spent the whole of ou all Sunday working; je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été I haven't seen him all summer; cet enfant est toute ma vie this child is my whole life; c'est tout le plaisir que tu y trouves? is that all the pleasure ou the only pleasure it gives you?; tout le problème est là that's where the problem lies; tout cela ne compte pas none of that counts; le meilleur dentiste de toute la ville the best dentist in town; tout le monde everybody; ⇒ cœur, monde, temps;
    2 ( véritable) c'est tout un travail/événement it's quite a job/an event; il a fait toute une histoire he made a real ou big fuss, he made quite a fuss; c'est tout un art there's a whole art to it;
    3 tout ce qui/que/dont ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything; tout ce qui compte all that matters; c'est tout ce que je fais that's all I do; tout ce dont j'ai besoin all I need; j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste I bought everything that was on the list; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he says anything that comes into his head; tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai not all of what he says is true; tout ce que le village compte d'enfants, tout ce qu'il y a d'enfants dans le village all the children in the village; être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable to be most obliging; c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux it's the best there is; ‘tu en es sûr?’-‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ ‘are you sure?’-‘as sure as can be’, ‘absolutely sure’;
    4 ( n'importe quel) any; à tout âge at any age; de toute nature of any kind; à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit at all times of the day or night; ‘service à toute heure’ ‘24 hour service’; à tout moment ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly; tout prétexte leur est bon they'll jump at any excuse; toute personne qui anyone ou anybody who; toute autre solution serait rejetée any other solution would be rejected; tout autre que lui/toi aurait abandonné anybody else would have given up; toute publicité est interdite all advertising is prohibited; pour toute réclamation, s'adresser à… all complaints should be addressed to…; tout billet n'est pas valable not all tickets are valid; ⇒ vérité;
    5 (sans déterminant: total) en toute innocence/franchise in all innocence/honesty; en toute liberté with complete freedom; donner toute satisfaction to give complete satisfaction; c'est tout bénéfice it's all profit; il aurait tout intérêt à placer cet argent it would be in his best interests to invest this money; partir en toute hâte to leave in a great hurry; un jardin de toute beauté a most beautiful garden; être à toute extrémité to be close to death; ⇒ épreuve, hasard, prix, vitesse;
    6 (unique, seul) il a souri pour toute réponse his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply; on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables; elle a un chien pour toute compagnie the only company she has ou all she has for company is a dog;
    7 tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ v sg); ceci vaut pour tous les candidats this applies to all candidates ou to every candidate; en tous pays in all countries, in every country; en toutes choses in all things, in everything; toutes les pages sont déchirées all the pages are torn, every page is torn; les lettres ont toutes été signées the letters have all been signed; j'ai toutes les raisons de me plaindre I have every reason to complain; tous les hommes sont mortels all men are mortal; il a fait tous les métiers he's done all sorts of jobs; tous les prétextes leur sont bons they'll use any excuse (pour to); meubles tous budgets furniture to suit every pocket; tous deux se levèrent both of them got up, they both got up; nous irons tous les deux both of us will go, we'll both go; je les prends tous les trois/quatre etc I'm taking all three/four etc (of them);
    8 ( chaque) tous/toutes les every; à tous les coins de rue on every street corner; saisir toutes les occasions to seize every opportunity; tous les jours/mois/ans every day/month/year; tous les quarts d'heure/10 mètres every quarter of an hour/10 metres; un cachet toutes les quatre heures one tablet every four hours; tous les deux jours/mois every other day/month; tous les combien? how often?
    C adv (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)
    1 (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all; tout doucement very gently; ils sont tout contents they are very happy; elles sont tout étonnées/toutes honteuses they are very surprised/ashamed; être tout excité to be very ou all excited; être tout jeune/petit to be very young/small; tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner as a small child she already liked to draw; c'est tout naturel it's quite natural; des yeux tout ronds de surprise eyes wide with surprise; être tout mouillé/sale to be all wet/dirty; tout seul dans la vie all alone in life; faire qch tout seul to do sth all by oneself; c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire it's a different matter altogether;
    2 ( devant un nom) c'est tout le portrait de sa mère she's the spitting ou very image of her mother; c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire it's the very opposite; ça m'en a tout l'air it looks very much like it to me; tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir you've got plenty of time to think it over; avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre you see everything in black and white;
    3 ( tout à fait) la toute dernière ligne the very last line; les tout premiers fruits de l'été the very first fruits of summer; j'habite tout près I live very close by ou very near; tout près de very close to, very near; tout à côté de/contre/en haut right by/against/at the top; il les a mangés tout crus he ate them raw; un gâteau tout entier a whole cake; j'en sais tout autant que lui I know just as much as he does; c'est tout aussi cher it's just as expensive; vêtue tout de noir, tout de noir vêtue dressed all in black; maison tout en longueur very long and narrow house; un jeu tout en finesse a very subtle game; une semaine toute de fatigue a very tiring week; une vie toute de soucis a life full of worry; ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat; être tout en larmes to be in floods of tears; la colline est tout en fleurs the hill is a mass of flowers; elle est tout(e) à son travail she's totally absorbed in her work;
    4 ( d'avance) tout prêt ready-made; sauces/idées toutes faites ready-made sauces/ideas; des légumes tout épluchés ready-peeled vegetables; ⇒ cuit, vu;
    5 ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although; il lisait tout en marchant he was reading as he walked; elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable she defended him although she knew he was guilty; ⇒ en;
    6 (marquant la concession: quoique) tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse however strange it may seem; tout prudemment que l'on conduise however carefully one drives; tout malins qu'ils sont, ils… clever though they may be, they…, they may be clever, but they…; toute reine qu'elle est, elle ne peut pas faire ça she may be a queen, but she can't do that;
    7 ( rien d'autre que) être tout énergie/muscle to be all energy/muscle; être tout sourires to be all smiles; je suis tout ouïe hum I'm all ears; veste tout cuir/laine all leather/wool jacket; ⇒ feu, sucre.
    D du tout loc adv pas du tout, point du tout liter not at all; sans savoir du tout without knowing at all; je ne le vois plus du tout I don't see him at all now; il ne m'en reste plus du tout I have none left at all; crois-tu qu'il m'ait remercié? du tout! do you think he thanked me? not at all!
    E nm (pl touts)
    1 ( ensemble) former un tout to make up ou form a whole; mon tout ( charade) my whole, my all; du tout au tout completely;
    2 le tout ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing; vendre le tout pour 200 euros to sell the (whole) lot for 200 euros; le tout est de réussir/qu'il réussisse the main ou most important thing is to succeed/that he should succeed; le Grand Tout Relig the Great Whole; ce n'est pas le tout○! this is no good!
    F tout- ( in compounds) le Tout-Paris/-Londres the Paris/London smart set.
    tout à coup suddenly; tout d'un coup ( soudain) suddenly; ( à la fois) all at once; tout à fait ( entièrement) quite, absolutely; ce n'est pas tout à fait vrai/pareil it's not quite true/the same thing; c'est tout à fait vrai it's quite ou absolutely true; ‘tu es d'accord?’-‘tout à fait’ ‘do you agree?’-‘absolutely’; il est tout à fait charmant he's absolutely ou perfectly charming; être tout à fait pour/contre to be totally for/against; tout à l'heure ( bientôt) in a moment; ( peu avant) a little while ago, just now; à tout à l'heure! see you later!; tout de même ( quand même) all the same, even so; ( indigné) tout de même! really!, honestly!; ( vraiment) quite; tu aurais tout de même pu faire attention! all the same ou even so you might have been careful!; c'est tout de même un peu fort! really ou honestly, it's a bit much!; c'est tout de même bizarre que it's quite strange that; tout de suite at once, straight away; ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( ce n'est pas pressé) there's no rush; ( ce sera long) it's going to take some time.
    tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive.
    [tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) adjectif qualificatif (au singulier)
    tout ceci/cela all (of) this/that
    j'ai tout mon temps I've plenty of time ou all the time in the world
    avec lui, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre with him, it's either (all) black or (all) white
    2. [devant un nom propre] all
    j'ai visité tout Paris en huit jours I saw all ou the whole of Paris in a week
    3. [devant un nom sans article]
    en toute franchise/simplicité in all sincerity/simplicity
    4. [avec une valeur emphatique]
    5. (comme adverbe) [entièrement] completely
    6. [unique, seul] only
    7. [suivi d'une relative]
    tout ce qui me gêne, c'est la différence d'âge the only thing ou all I'm worried about is the age difference
    ————————
    [tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) déterminant (adjectif indéfini)
    A.[AU SINGULIER] [chaque, n'importe quel] any, all, every
    tout citoyen a des droits every citizen has rights, all citizens have rights
    pour tout renseignement, écrivez-nous for further information, write to us
    de tout temps since time immemorial, from the beginning of time
    en tout temps throughout ou all through history
    tout autre que lui aurait refusé anyone other than him ou anybody else would have refused
    B.[AU PLURIEL]
    1. [exprimant la totalité] all
    tous les hommes all men, the whole of mankind
    tous les gens everybody, everyone
    2. [devant un nom sans article]
    ils étaient 150 000, toutes disciplines/races confondues there were 150,000 of them, taking all disciplines/races together
    3. [exprimant la périodicité] every
    toutes les deux semaines every other week, every second week, every two weeks
    ————————
    [tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) pronom indéfini
    A.[AU SINGULIER] everything, all
    [n'importe quoi] anything
    t'as tout compris! (familier) that's it!, that's right!
    ce sera tout? [dans un magasin] will be that all?, anything else?
    ce n'est pas tout de faire des enfants, il faut les élever ensuite having children is one thing, but then you've got to bring them up
    être tout pour quelqu'un to be everything for somebody, to mean everything to somebody
    on aura tout vu! now I've ou we've seen everything!
    a. [objets] that's everything
    b. [problème] that's the whole point ou the crux of the matter
    avec toi c'est tout ou rien with you, it's all or nothing ou one extreme or the other
    tout se passe comme si... it's as though...
    tout bien considéré, tout bien réfléchi all things considered
    B.[AU PLURIEL]
    1. [désignant ce dont on a parlé]
    il y a plusieurs points de vue, tous sont intéressants there are several points of view, they are all interesting
    2. [avec une valeur récapitulative] all
    Jean, Pierre, Jacques, tous voulaient la voir Jean, Pierre, Jacques, they all wanted to see her
    3. [tout le monde]
    à vous tous qui m'avez aidé, merci to all of you who helped me, thank you
    tous tant ou autant que nous sommes all of us, every (single) one of us
    tout ( féminin toute, pluriel féminin toutes) adverbe (s'accorde en genre et en nombre devant un adjectif féminin commençant par une consonne ou un h aspiré)
    1. [entièrement, tout à fait] quite, very, completely
    sa chevelure était toute hérissée his/her hair was all messy
    ses tout premiers mots his/her very first words
    tout mouillé wet ou soaked through, drenched
    tout simplement/autrement quite simply/differently
    téléphone-moi, tout simplement just phone me, that's the easiest (way)
    une toile tout coton a 100% cotton cloth, an all cotton material
    il est toute bonté/générosité he is goodness/generosity itself
    ça, c'est tout lui! that's typical of him ou just like him!
    2. [en intensif]
    tout en haut/bas right at the top/bottom
    3. [déjà]
    tout prêt ou préparé ready-made
    tout bébé, elle dansait déjà even as a baby, she was already dancing
    4. (avec un gérondif) [indiquant la simultanéité]
    [indiquant la concession]
    tout en avouant son ignorance dans ce domaine, il continuait à me contredire although he'd confessed his ignorance in that field, he kept on contradicting me
    tout nom masculin
    1. [ensemble] whole
    mon tout est un instrument de musique [dans une charade] my whole ou all is a musical instrument
    2. [l'essentiel]
    le tout the main ou the most important thing
    ce n'est pas le tout, mais je dois partir (familier) that's all very well, but I've got to go now
    ce n'est pas le tout de critiquer, il faut pouvoir proposer autre chose it's not enough to criticize, you've got to be able to suggest something else
    jouer ou risquer le tout pour le tout to risk (one's) all
    c'est un tout it's all the same, it makes no difference
    ————————
    du tout locution adverbiale
    je vous dérange? — du tout, du tout! am I disturbing you? — not at all ou not in the least!
    ————————
    en tout locution adverbiale
    1. [au total] in total, in all
    2. [exactement] exactly, entirely
    en tout et pour tout locution adverbiale
    en tout et pour tout, nous avons dépensé 300 euros all in all, we've spent 300 euros
    tout à coup locution adverbiale
    tout à fait locution adverbiale
    1. [complètement] quite, fully, absolutely
    2. [exactement] exactly
    c'est tout à fait ce que je cherche/le même it's exactly what I've been looking for/the same
    3. [oui] certainly
    ————————
    tout de même locution adverbiale
    1. [malgré tout] all the same, even so
    j'irai tout de même all the same, I'll still go
    2. [en intensif]
    tout de même, tu exagères! steady on!, that's a bit much!
    ————————
    tout de suite locution adverbiale
    1. [dans le temps] straight away, right away, at once
    2. [dans l'espace] immediately
    ————————
    tout... que locution conjonctive
    tout directeur qu'il est ou qu'il soit,... he may well be the boss,...

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tout

  • 19 acompañante1

    1 = chaperon, accompanying person.
    Ex. Apart from the tale that babies are found under gooseberry bushes, to 'play gooseberry' was to act as a chaperon, or be an unwanted third presence when lovers wanted to be alone.
    Ex. Patients who attended with a spouse/partner/carer/family member indicated it was helpful to them and the accompanying person.
    ----
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * servicio de acompañante = escort service.
    * viajar de acompañante = ride + shotgun.

    Spanish-English dictionary > acompañante1

  • 20 तद् _tad

    तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.)
    1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्)
    -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1.
    -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71.
    -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5.
    -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repea- ted तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind.
    1 There, thither.
    -2 Then, in that case, at that time.
    -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46.
    -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n.
    1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23.
    -2 This world.
    -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds.
    -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon.
    -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26.
    -अनुसरणम् going after that.
    -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus.
    -अन्य a. other than that.
    -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that.
    -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a.
    1 intended for that.
    -2 having that meaning.
    -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4.
    -अर्ह a. meriting that.
    -अवधि ind.
    1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14.
    -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79.
    -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced.
    -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H.
    -कर a. serving, obeying as servant.
    -काल 1 the current moment, present time.
    -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind.
    -कालम् ind.
    1 instantly, immediately.
    -2 at that time, at a certain time.
    -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41.
    -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51.
    -2 the same moment.
    -3 a measure of time.
    -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83.
    -क्रिय a. working without wages.
    -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (
    -तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities.
    -गुण a. possessing those qualities.
    (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9.
    -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceiv- ed along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also.
    -ज a. immediate, instantaneous.
    -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher.
    -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time.
    -देश्य a. coming from the same country.
    -देश्यः a fellow countryman.
    -धन a. miserly, niggardly.
    -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32.
    -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2.
    -पदार्थः the Supreme Being.
    -पर a.
    1 following that, coming after that, inferior.
    -2 having that as the highest ob- ject, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262.
    -3 diligent. (
    -रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (
    -रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम्
    1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing.
    -2 inferiority.
    -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything.
    -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit.
    -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः
    -पूर्व a.
    1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38.
    -2 prior, former.
    -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11.
    -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66.
    -फल a. having that as a fruit or result.
    (-लः) 1 the white water-lily.
    -2 a kind of perfume.
    -बलः a kind of arrow.
    -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words).
    -भावः becoming that.
    -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15.
    -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7.
    -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudi- mentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8.
    -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्.
    -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality.
    -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that.
    -विद् a.
    1 knowing that.
    -2 knowing the truth.
    -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert.
    -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112.
    -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com.
    -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24.
    -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (
    -स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication.
    -हित a. good for that.
    -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them.
    -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > तद् _tad

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Third-person omniscient narrative — The third person omniscient is a narrative mode in which the reader is presented the story by a narrator with an overarching point of view, seeing and knowing everything that happens within the world of the story, regardless of the presence of… …   Wikipedia

  • The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim — Developer(s) Bethesda Game Studios Publisher(s) Bethesda Softworks …   Wikipedia

  • The Blessed Trinity —     The Blessed Trinity     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity     This article is divided as follows:          I. Dogma of the Trinity;     II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture;     III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Blessed Virgin Mary —     The Blessed Virgin Mary     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary     The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God.     In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Urantia Book —   Cover of the …   Wikipedia

  • The Book of the Short Sun — is a trilogy by Gene Wolfe, comprising On Blue s Waters (1999), In Green s Jungles (2000), and Return to the Whorl (2001). It is the sequel to Wolfe s tetralogy The Book of the Long Sun, and has connections to The Book of the New Sun.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Office (U.S. TV series) — The Office Genre Sitcom Mockumentary Created by Ricky Gervais Stephen Merchant …   Wikipedia

  • The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament —     The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     Since Christ is present under the appearances of bread and wine in a sacramental way, the Blessed Eucharist is unquestionably a… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»